cachepc-linux

Fork of AMDESE/linux with modifications for CachePC side-channel attack
git clone https://git.sinitax.com/sinitax/cachepc-linux
Log | Files | Refs | README | LICENSE | sfeed.txt

nl80211.h (325234B)


      1#ifndef __LINUX_NL80211_H
      2#define __LINUX_NL80211_H
      3/*
      4 * 802.11 netlink interface public header
      5 *
      6 * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
      7 * Copyright 2008 Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
      8 * Copyright 2008 Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com>
      9 * Copyright 2008 Michael Buesch <m@bues.ch>
     10 * Copyright 2008, 2009 Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
     11 * Copyright 2008 Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
     12 * Copyright 2008 Colin McCabe <colin@cozybit.com>
     13 * Copyright 2015-2017	Intel Deutschland GmbH
     14 * Copyright (C) 2018-2022 Intel Corporation
     15 *
     16 * Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any
     17 * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
     18 * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
     19 *
     20 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
     21 * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
     22 * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
     23 * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
     24 * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
     25 * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
     26 * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
     27 *
     28 */
     29
     30/*
     31 * This header file defines the userspace API to the wireless stack. Please
     32 * be careful not to break things - i.e. don't move anything around or so
     33 * unless you can demonstrate that it breaks neither API nor ABI.
     34 *
     35 * Additions to the API should be accompanied by actual implementations in
     36 * an upstream driver, so that example implementations exist in case there
     37 * are ever concerns about the precise semantics of the API or changes are
     38 * needed, and to ensure that code for dead (no longer implemented) API
     39 * can actually be identified and removed.
     40 * Nonetheless, semantics should also be documented carefully in this file.
     41 */
     42
     43#include <linux/types.h>
     44
     45#define NL80211_GENL_NAME "nl80211"
     46
     47#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_CONFIG		"config"
     48#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_SCAN		"scan"
     49#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_REG		"regulatory"
     50#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_MLME		"mlme"
     51#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_VENDOR		"vendor"
     52#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_NAN		"nan"
     53#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_TESTMODE	"testmode"
     54
     55#define NL80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_MIN	4
     56#define NL80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_MAX	15
     57#define NL80211_EDMG_CHANNELS_MIN	1
     58#define NL80211_EDMG_CHANNELS_MAX	0x3c /* 0b00111100 */
     59
     60/**
     61 * DOC: Station handling
     62 *
     63 * Stations are added per interface, but a special case exists with VLAN
     64 * interfaces. When a station is bound to an AP interface, it may be moved
     65 * into a VLAN identified by a VLAN interface index (%NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN).
     66 * The station is still assumed to belong to the AP interface it was added
     67 * to.
     68 *
     69 * Station handling varies per interface type and depending on the driver's
     70 * capabilities.
     71 *
     72 * For drivers supporting TDLS with external setup (WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS
     73 * and WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP), the station lifetime is as follows:
     74 *  - a setup station entry is added, not yet authorized, without any rate
     75 *    or capability information, this just exists to avoid race conditions
     76 *  - when the TDLS setup is done, a single NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION is valid
     77 *    to add rate and capability information to the station and at the same
     78 *    time mark it authorized.
     79 *  - %NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK is then used
     80 *  - after this, the only valid operation is to remove it by tearing down
     81 *    the TDLS link (%NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK)
     82 *
     83 * TODO: need more info for other interface types
     84 */
     85
     86/**
     87 * DOC: Frame transmission/registration support
     88 *
     89 * Frame transmission and registration support exists to allow userspace
     90 * management entities such as wpa_supplicant react to management frames
     91 * that are not being handled by the kernel. This includes, for example,
     92 * certain classes of action frames that cannot be handled in the kernel
     93 * for various reasons.
     94 *
     95 * Frame registration is done on a per-interface basis and registrations
     96 * cannot be removed other than by closing the socket. It is possible to
     97 * specify a registration filter to register, for example, only for a
     98 * certain type of action frame. In particular with action frames, those
     99 * that userspace registers for will not be returned as unhandled by the
    100 * driver, so that the registered application has to take responsibility
    101 * for doing that.
    102 *
    103 * The type of frame that can be registered for is also dependent on the
    104 * driver and interface type. The frame types are advertised in wiphy
    105 * attributes so applications know what to expect.
    106 *
    107 * NOTE: When an interface changes type while registrations are active,
    108 *       these registrations are ignored until the interface type is
    109 *       changed again. This means that changing the interface type can
    110 *       lead to a situation that couldn't otherwise be produced, but
    111 *       any such registrations will be dormant in the sense that they
    112 *       will not be serviced, i.e. they will not receive any frames.
    113 *
    114 * Frame transmission allows userspace to send for example the required
    115 * responses to action frames. It is subject to some sanity checking,
    116 * but many frames can be transmitted. When a frame was transmitted, its
    117 * status is indicated to the sending socket.
    118 *
    119 * For more technical details, see the corresponding command descriptions
    120 * below.
    121 */
    122
    123/**
    124 * DOC: Virtual interface / concurrency capabilities
    125 *
    126 * Some devices are able to operate with virtual MACs, they can have
    127 * more than one virtual interface. The capability handling for this
    128 * is a bit complex though, as there may be a number of restrictions
    129 * on the types of concurrency that are supported.
    130 *
    131 * To start with, each device supports the interface types listed in
    132 * the %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES attribute, but by listing the
    133 * types there no concurrency is implied.
    134 *
    135 * Once concurrency is desired, more attributes must be observed:
    136 * To start with, since some interface types are purely managed in
    137 * software, like the AP-VLAN type in mac80211 for example, there's
    138 * an additional list of these, they can be added at any time and
    139 * are only restricted by some semantic restrictions (e.g. AP-VLAN
    140 * cannot be added without a corresponding AP interface). This list
    141 * is exported in the %NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES attribute.
    142 *
    143 * Further, the list of supported combinations is exported. This is
    144 * in the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute. Basically,
    145 * it exports a list of "groups", and at any point in time the
    146 * interfaces that are currently active must fall into any one of
    147 * the advertised groups. Within each group, there are restrictions
    148 * on the number of interfaces of different types that are supported
    149 * and also the number of different channels, along with potentially
    150 * some other restrictions. See &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
    151 *
    152 * All together, these attributes define the concurrency of virtual
    153 * interfaces that a given device supports.
    154 */
    155
    156/**
    157 * DOC: packet coalesce support
    158 *
    159 * In most cases, host that receives IPv4 and IPv6 multicast/broadcast
    160 * packets does not do anything with these packets. Therefore the
    161 * reception of these unwanted packets causes unnecessary processing
    162 * and power consumption.
    163 *
    164 * Packet coalesce feature helps to reduce number of received interrupts
    165 * to host by buffering these packets in firmware/hardware for some
    166 * predefined time. Received interrupt will be generated when one of the
    167 * following events occur.
    168 * a) Expiration of hardware timer whose expiration time is set to maximum
    169 * coalescing delay of matching coalesce rule.
    170 * b) Coalescing buffer in hardware reaches it's limit.
    171 * c) Packet doesn't match any of the configured coalesce rules.
    172 *
    173 * User needs to configure following parameters for creating a coalesce
    174 * rule.
    175 * a) Maximum coalescing delay
    176 * b) List of packet patterns which needs to be matched
    177 * c) Condition for coalescence. pattern 'match' or 'no match'
    178 * Multiple such rules can be created.
    179 */
    180
    181/**
    182 * DOC: WPA/WPA2 EAPOL handshake offload
    183 *
    184 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK flag drivers
    185 * can indicate they support offloading EAPOL handshakes for WPA/WPA2
    186 * preshared key authentication in station mode. In %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
    187 * the preshared key should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_PMK. Drivers
    188 * supporting this offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when no
    189 * preshared key material is provided, for example when that driver does
    190 * not support setting the temporal keys through %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY.
    191 *
    192 * Similarly @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X flag can be
    193 * set by drivers indicating offload support of the PTK/GTK EAPOL
    194 * handshakes during 802.1X authentication in station mode. In order to
    195 * use the offload the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT should have
    196 * %NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS attribute flag. Drivers supporting this
    197 * offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when the attribute flag is
    198 * not present.
    199 *
    200 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK flag drivers
    201 * can indicate they support offloading EAPOL handshakes for WPA/WPA2
    202 * preshared key authentication in AP mode. In %NL80211_CMD_START_AP
    203 * the preshared key should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_PMK. Drivers
    204 * supporting this offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_START_AP when no
    205 * preshared key material is provided, for example when that driver does
    206 * not support setting the temporal keys through %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY.
    207 *
    208 * For 802.1X the PMK or PMK-R0 are set by providing %NL80211_ATTR_PMK
    209 * using %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT support also
    210 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME must be provided.
    211 */
    212
    213/**
    214 * DOC: FILS shared key authentication offload
    215 *
    216 * FILS shared key authentication offload can be advertized by drivers by
    217 * setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD flag. The drivers that support
    218 * FILS shared key authentication offload should be able to construct the
    219 * authentication and association frames for FILS shared key authentication and
    220 * eventually do a key derivation as per IEEE 802.11ai. The below additional
    221 * parameters should be given to driver in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and/or in
    222 * %NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS.
    223 *	%NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME - used to construct keyname_nai
    224 *	%NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM - used to construct keyname_nai
    225 *	%NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used to construct erp message
    226 *	%NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK - used to generate the rIK and rMSK
    227 * rIK should be used to generate an authentication tag on the ERP message and
    228 * rMSK should be used to derive a PMKSA.
    229 * rIK, rMSK should be generated and keyname_nai, sequence number should be used
    230 * as specified in IETF RFC 6696.
    231 *
    232 * When FILS shared key authentication is completed, driver needs to provide the
    233 * below additional parameters to userspace, which can be either after setting
    234 * up a connection or after roaming.
    235 *	%NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - used for key renewal
    236 *	%NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used in further EAP-RP exchanges
    237 *	%NL80211_ATTR_PMKID - used to identify the PMKSA used/generated
    238 *	%Nl80211_ATTR_PMK - used to update PMKSA cache in userspace
    239 * The PMKSA can be maintained in userspace persistently so that it can be used
    240 * later after reboots or wifi turn off/on also.
    241 *
    242 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the cache identifier advertized by a FILS
    243 * capable AP supporting PMK caching. It specifies the scope within which the
    244 * PMKSAs are cached in an ESS. %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and
    245 * %NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA are enhanced to allow support for PMKSA caching based
    246 * on FILS cache identifier. Additionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK is used with
    247 * %NL80211_SET_PMKSA to specify the PMK corresponding to a PMKSA for driver to
    248 * use in a FILS shared key connection with PMKSA caching.
    249 */
    250
    251/**
    252 * DOC: SAE authentication offload
    253 *
    254 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD flag drivers can indicate they
    255 * support offloading SAE authentication for WPA3-Personal networks in station
    256 * mode. Similarly @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP flag can be set by
    257 * drivers indicating the offload support in AP mode.
    258 *
    259 * The password for SAE should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD in
    260 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP for station and AP mode
    261 * respectively.
    262 */
    263
    264/**
    265 * DOC: VLAN offload support for setting group keys and binding STAs to VLANs
    266 *
    267 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD flag drivers can indicate they
    268 * support offloading VLAN functionality in a manner where the driver exposes a
    269 * single netdev that uses VLAN tagged frames and separate VLAN-specific netdevs
    270 * can then be added using RTM_NEWLINK/IFLA_VLAN_ID similarly to the Ethernet
    271 * case. Frames received from stations that are not assigned to any VLAN are
    272 * delivered on the main netdev and frames to such stations can be sent through
    273 * that main netdev.
    274 *
    275 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY (for group keys), %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION, and
    276 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION will optionally specify vlan_id using
    277 * %NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID.
    278 */
    279
    280/**
    281 * DOC: TID configuration
    282 *
    283 * TID config support can be checked in the %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG
    284 * attribute given in wiphy capabilities.
    285 *
    286 * The necessary configuration parameters are mentioned in
    287 * &enum nl80211_tid_config_attr and it will be passed to the
    288 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG command in %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG.
    289 *
    290 * If the configuration needs to be applied for specific peer then the MAC
    291 * address of the peer needs to be passed in %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, otherwise the
    292 * configuration will be applied for all the connected peers in the vif except
    293 * any peers that have peer specific configuration for the TID by default; if
    294 * the %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE flag is set, peer specific values
    295 * will be overwritten.
    296 *
    297 * All this configuration is valid only for STA's current connection
    298 * i.e. the configuration will be reset to default when the STA connects back
    299 * after disconnection/roaming, and this configuration will be cleared when
    300 * the interface goes down.
    301 */
    302
    303/**
    304 * DOC: FILS shared key crypto offload
    305 *
    306 * This feature is applicable to drivers running in AP mode.
    307 *
    308 * FILS shared key crypto offload can be advertised by drivers by setting
    309 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_CRYPTO_OFFLOAD flag. The drivers that support
    310 * FILS shared key crypto offload should be able to encrypt and decrypt
    311 * association frames for FILS shared key authentication as per IEEE 802.11ai.
    312 * With this capability, for FILS key derivation, drivers depend on userspace.
    313 *
    314 * After FILS key derivation, userspace shares the FILS AAD details with the
    315 * driver and the driver stores the same to use in decryption of association
    316 * request and in encryption of association response. The below parameters
    317 * should be given to the driver in %NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD.
    318 *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC - STA MAC address, used for storing FILS AAD per STA
    319 *	%NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - Used for encryption or decryption
    320 *	%NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES - Used for encryption or decryption
    321 *			(STA Nonce 16 bytes followed by AP Nonce 16 bytes)
    322 *
    323 * Once the association is done, the driver cleans the FILS AAD data.
    324 */
    325
    326/**
    327 * enum nl80211_commands - supported nl80211 commands
    328 *
    329 * @NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC: unspecified command to catch errors
    330 *
    331 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY: request information about a wiphy or dump request
    332 *	to get a list of all present wiphys.
    333 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY: set wiphy parameters, needs %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or
    334 *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX; can be used to set %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME,
    335 *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ,
    336 *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET (and the attributes determining the
    337 *	channel width; this is used for setting monitor mode channel),
    338 *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG,
    339 *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD, and/or
    340 *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD.  However, for setting the channel,
    341 *	see %NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL instead, the support here is for backward
    342 *	compatibility only.
    343 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY: Newly created wiphy, response to get request
    344 *	or rename notification. Has attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and
    345 *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME.
    346 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY: Wiphy deleted. Has attributes
    347 *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME.
    348 *
    349 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE: Request an interface's configuration;
    350 *	either a dump request for all interfaces or a specific get with a
    351 *	single %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is supported.
    352 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE: Set type of a virtual interface, requires
    353 *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE.
    354 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE: Newly created virtual interface or response
    355 *	to %NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE. Has %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX,
    356 *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE attributes. Can also
    357 *	be sent from userspace to request creation of a new virtual interface,
    358 *	then requires attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE and
    359 *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME.
    360 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE: Virtual interface was deleted, has attributes
    361 *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY. Can also be sent from
    362 *	userspace to request deletion of a virtual interface, then requires
    363 *	attribute %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. If multiple BSSID advertisements are
    364 *	enabled using %NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_CONFIG, %NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS,
    365 *	and if this command is used for the transmitting interface, then all
    366 *	the non-transmitting interfaces are deleted as well.
    367 *
    368 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY: Get sequence counter information for a key specified
    369 *	by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX and/or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
    370 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY: Set key attributes %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT,
    371 *	%NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, or %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_THRESHOLD.
    372 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY: add a key with given %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA,
    373 *	%NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER,
    374 *	and %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ attributes.
    375 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY: delete a key identified by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX
    376 *	or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
    377 *
    378 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON: (not used)
    379 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON: change the beacon on an access point interface
    380 *	using the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD and %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL
    381 *	attributes. For drivers that generate the beacon and probe responses
    382 *	internally, the following attributes must be provided: %NL80211_ATTR_IE,
    383 *	%NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP and %NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP.
    384 * @NL80211_CMD_START_AP: Start AP operation on an AP interface, parameters
    385 *	are like for %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON, and additionally parameters that
    386 *	do not change are used, these include %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL,
    387 *	%NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD, %NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
    388 *	%NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE,
    389 *	%NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP, %NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS,
    390 *	%NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES, %NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY,
    391 *	%NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT,
    392 *	%NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS.
    393 *	The channel to use can be set on the interface or be given using the
    394 *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET, and the
    395 *	attributes determining channel width.
    396 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_START_AP
    397 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP: Stop AP operation on the given interface
    398 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP
    399 *
    400 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION: Get station attributes for station identified by
    401 *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
    402 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION: Set station attributes for station identified by
    403 *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
    404 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION: Add a station with given attributes to the
    405 *	interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
    406 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION: Remove a station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
    407 *	or, if no MAC address given, all stations, on the interface identified
    408 *	by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE and
    409 *	%NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE can optionally be used to specify which type
    410 *	of disconnection indication should be sent to the station
    411 *	(Deauthentication or Disassociation frame and reason code for that
    412 *	frame).
    413 *
    414 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH: Get mesh path attributes for mesh path to
    415 * 	destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
    416 * 	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
    417 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH:  Set mesh path attributes for mesh path to
    418 * 	destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
    419 * 	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
    420 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH: Create a new mesh path for the destination given by
    421 *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC via %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP.
    422 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH: Delete a mesh path to the destination given by
    423 *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
    424 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PATH: Add a mesh path with given attributes to the
    425 *	interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
    426 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PATH: Remove a mesh path identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
    427 *	or, if no MAC address given, all mesh paths, on the interface identified
    428 *	by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
    429 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS: Set BSS attributes for BSS identified by
    430 *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
    431 *
    432 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_REG: ask the wireless core to send us its currently set
    433 *	regulatory domain. If %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is specified and the device
    434 *	has a private regulatory domain, it will be returned. Otherwise, the
    435 *	global regdomain will be returned.
    436 *	A device will have a private regulatory domain if it uses the
    437 *	regulatory_hint() API. Even when a private regdomain is used the channel
    438 *	information will still be mended according to further hints from
    439 *	the regulatory core to help with compliance. A dump version of this API
    440 *	is now available which will returns the global regdomain as well as
    441 *	all private regdomains of present wiphys (for those that have it).
    442 *	If a wiphy is self-managed (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG), then
    443 *	its private regdomain is the only valid one for it. The regulatory
    444 *	core is not used to help with compliance in this case.
    445 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REG: Set current regulatory domain. CRDA sends this command
    446 *	after being queried by the kernel. CRDA replies by sending a regulatory
    447 *	domain structure which consists of %NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA set to our
    448 *	current alpha2 if it found a match. It also provides
    449 * 	NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS, and a set of regulatory rules. Each
    450 * 	regulatory rule is a nested set of attributes  given by
    451 * 	%NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FREQ_[START|END] and
    452 * 	%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW with an attached power rule given by
    453 * 	%NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_ANT_GAIN and
    454 * 	%NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_EIRP.
    455 * @NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG: ask the wireless core to set the regulatory domain
    456 * 	to the specified ISO/IEC 3166-1 alpha2 country code. The core will
    457 * 	store this as a valid request and then query userspace for it.
    458 *
    459 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG: Get mesh networking properties for the
    460 *	interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX
    461 *
    462 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG: Set mesh networking properties for the
    463 *      interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX
    464 *
    465 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE: Set extra IEs for management frames. The
    466 *	interface is identified with %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and the management
    467 *	frame subtype with %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE. The extra IE data to be
    468 *	added to the end of the specified management frame is specified with
    469 *	%NL80211_ATTR_IE. If the command succeeds, the requested data will be
    470 *	added to all specified management frames generated by
    471 *	kernel/firmware/driver.
    472 *	Note: This command has been removed and it is only reserved at this
    473 *	point to avoid re-using existing command number. The functionality this
    474 *	command was planned for has been provided with cleaner design with the
    475 *	option to specify additional IEs in NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN,
    476 *	NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE,
    477 *	NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, and NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE.
    478 *
    479 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN: get scan results
    480 * @NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN: trigger a new scan with the given parameters
    481 *	%NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the
    482 *	probe requests at CCK rate or not. %NL80211_ATTR_BSSID can be used to
    483 *	specify a BSSID to scan for; if not included, the wildcard BSSID will
    484 *	be used.
    485 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS: scan notification (as a reply to
    486 *	NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN and on the "scan" multicast group)
    487 * @NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED: scan was aborted, for unspecified reasons,
    488 *	partial scan results may be available
    489 *
    490 * @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN: start a scheduled scan at certain
    491 *	intervals and certain number of cycles, as specified by
    492 *	%NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS. If %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is
    493 *	not specified and only %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL is specified,
    494 *	scheduled scan will run in an infinite loop with the specified interval.
    495 *	These attributes are mutually exculsive,
    496 *	i.e. NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL must not be passed if
    497 *	NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is defined.
    498 *	If for some reason scheduled scan is aborted by the driver, all scan
    499 *	plans are canceled (including scan plans that did not start yet).
    500 *	Like with normal scans, if SSIDs (%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS)
    501 *	are passed, they are used in the probe requests.  For
    502 *	broadcast, a broadcast SSID must be passed (ie. an empty
    503 *	string).  If no SSID is passed, no probe requests are sent and
    504 *	a passive scan is performed.  %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES,
    505 *	if passed, define which channels should be scanned; if not
    506 *	passed, all channels allowed for the current regulatory domain
    507 *	are used.  Extra IEs can also be passed from the userspace by
    508 *	using the %NL80211_ATTR_IE attribute.  The first cycle of the
    509 *	scheduled scan can be delayed by %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY
    510 *	is supplied. If the device supports multiple concurrent scheduled
    511 *	scans, it will allow such when the caller provides the flag attribute
    512 *	%NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI to indicate user-space support for it.
    513 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN: stop a scheduled scan. Returns -ENOENT if
    514 *	scheduled scan is not running. The caller may assume that as soon
    515 *	as the call returns, it is safe to start a new scheduled scan again.
    516 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS: indicates that there are scheduled scan
    517 *	results available.
    518 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED: indicates that the scheduled scan has
    519 *	stopped.  The driver may issue this event at any time during a
    520 *	scheduled scan.  One reason for stopping the scan is if the hardware
    521 *	does not support starting an association or a normal scan while running
    522 *	a scheduled scan.  This event is also sent when the
    523 *	%NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN command is received or when the interface
    524 *	is brought down while a scheduled scan was running.
    525 *
    526 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY: get survey resuls, e.g. channel occupation
    527 *      or noise level
    528 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS: survey data notification (as a reply to
    529 *	NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY and on the "scan" multicast group)
    530 *
    531 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA: Add a PMKSA cache entry using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
    532 *	(for the BSSID), %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and optionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK
    533 *	(PMK is used for PTKSA derivation in case of FILS shared key offload) or
    534 *	using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID,
    535 *	%NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMK in case of FILS
    536 *	authentication where %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the identifier
    537 *	advertized by a FILS capable AP identifying the scope of PMKSA in an
    538 *	ESS.
    539 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA: Delete a PMKSA cache entry, using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
    540 *	(for the BSSID) and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID or using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
    541 *	%NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID in case of FILS
    542 *	authentication.
    543 * @NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA: Flush all PMKSA cache entries.
    544 *
    545 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE: indicates to userspace the regulatory domain
    546 * 	has been changed and provides details of the request information
    547 * 	that caused the change such as who initiated the regulatory request
    548 * 	(%NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR), the wiphy_idx
    549 * 	(%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2) on which the request was made from if
    550 * 	the initiator was %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE or
    551 * 	%NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER, the type of regulatory domain
    552 * 	set (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE), if the type of regulatory domain is
    553 * 	%NL80211_REG_TYPE_COUNTRY the alpha2 to which we have moved on
    554 * 	to (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2).
    555 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT: indicates to userspace that an AP beacon
    556 * 	has been found while world roaming thus enabling active scan or
    557 * 	any mode of operation that initiates TX (beacons) on a channel
    558 * 	where we would not have been able to do either before. As an example
    559 * 	if you are world roaming (regulatory domain set to world or if your
    560 * 	driver is using a custom world roaming regulatory domain) and while
    561 * 	doing a passive scan on the 5 GHz band you find an AP there (if not
    562 * 	on a DFS channel) you will now be able to actively scan for that AP
    563 * 	or use AP mode on your card on that same channel. Note that this will
    564 * 	never be used for channels 1-11 on the 2 GHz band as they are always
    565 * 	enabled world wide. This beacon hint is only sent if your device had
    566 * 	either disabled active scanning or beaconing on a channel. We send to
    567 * 	userspace the wiphy on which we removed a restriction from
    568 * 	(%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY) and the channel on which this occurred
    569 * 	before (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE) and after (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER)
    570 * 	the beacon hint was processed.
    571 *
    572 * @NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE: authentication request and notification.
    573 *	This command is used both as a command (request to authenticate) and
    574 *	as an event on the "mlme" multicast group indicating completion of the
    575 *	authentication process.
    576 *	When used as a command, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to identify the
    577 *	interface. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify PeerSTAAddress (and
    578 *	BSSID in case of station mode). %NL80211_ATTR_SSID is used to specify
    579 *	the SSID (mainly for association, but is included in authentication
    580 *	request, too, to help BSS selection. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ +
    581 *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET is used to specify the frequence of the
    582 *	channel in MHz. %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE is used to specify the
    583 *	authentication type. %NL80211_ATTR_IE is used to define IEs
    584 *	(VendorSpecificInfo, but also including RSN IE and FT IEs) to be added
    585 *	to the frame.
    586 *	When used as an event, this reports reception of an Authentication
    587 *	frame in station and IBSS modes when the local MLME processed the
    588 *	frame, i.e., it was for the local STA and was received in correct
    589 *	state. This is similar to MLME-AUTHENTICATE.confirm primitive in the
    590 *	MLME SAP interface (kernel providing MLME, userspace SME). The
    591 *	included %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute contains the management frame
    592 *	(including both the header and frame body, but not FCS). This event is
    593 *	also used to indicate if the authentication attempt timed out. In that
    594 *	case the %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute is replaced with a
    595 *	%NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT flag (and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to indicate which
    596 *	pending authentication timed out).
    597 * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE: association request and notification; like
    598 *	NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Association and Reassociation
    599 *	(similar to MLME-ASSOCIATE.request, MLME-REASSOCIATE.request,
    600 *	MLME-ASSOCIATE.confirm or MLME-REASSOCIATE.confirm primitives). The
    601 *	%NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID attribute is used to specify whether the
    602 *	request is for the initial association to an ESS (that attribute not
    603 *	included) or for reassociation within the ESS (that attribute is
    604 *	included).
    605 * @NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE: deauthentication request and notification; like
    606 *	NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Deauthentication frames (similar to
    607 *	MLME-DEAUTHENTICATION.request and MLME-DEAUTHENTICATE.indication
    608 *	primitives).
    609 * @NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE: disassociation request and notification; like
    610 *	NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Disassociation frames (similar to
    611 *	MLME-DISASSOCIATE.request and MLME-DISASSOCIATE.indication primitives).
    612 *
    613 * @NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE: notification of a locally detected Michael
    614 *	MIC (part of TKIP) failure; sent on the "mlme" multicast group; the
    615 *	event includes %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to describe the source MAC address of
    616 *	the frame with invalid MIC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE to show the key
    617 *	type, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX to indicate the key identifier, and
    618 *	%NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ to indicate the TSC value of the frame; this
    619 *	event matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() primitive
    620 *
    621 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS: Join a new IBSS -- given at least an SSID and a
    622 *	FREQ attribute (for the initial frequency if no peer can be found)
    623 *	and optionally a MAC (as BSSID) and FREQ_FIXED attribute if those
    624 *	should be fixed rather than automatically determined. Can only be
    625 *	executed on a network interface that is UP, and fixed BSSID/FREQ
    626 *	may be rejected. Another optional parameter is the beacon interval,
    627 *	given in the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL attribute, which if not
    628 *	given defaults to 100 TU (102.4ms).
    629 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS: Leave the IBSS -- no special arguments, the IBSS is
    630 *	determined by the network interface.
    631 *
    632 * @NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE: testmode command, takes a wiphy (or ifindex) attribute
    633 *	to identify the device, and the TESTDATA blob attribute to pass through
    634 *	to the driver.
    635 *
    636 * @NL80211_CMD_CONNECT: connection request and notification; this command
    637 *	requests to connect to a specified network but without separating
    638 *	auth and assoc steps. For this, you need to specify the SSID in a
    639 *	%NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute, and can optionally specify the association
    640 *	IEs in %NL80211_ATTR_IE, %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE,
    641 *	%NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ,
    642 *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET, %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT,
    643 *	%NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
    644 *	%NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT,
    645 *	%NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT, and
    646 *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT.
    647 *	If included, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ are
    648 *	restrictions on BSS selection, i.e., they effectively prevent roaming
    649 *	within the ESS. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT
    650 *	can be included to provide a recommendation of the initial BSS while
    651 *	allowing the driver to roam to other BSSes within the ESS and also to
    652 *	ignore this recommendation if the indicated BSS is not ideal. Only one
    653 *	set of BSSID,frequency parameters is used (i.e., either the enforcing
    654 *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC,%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ or the less strict
    655 *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT).
    656 *	Driver shall not modify the IEs specified through %NL80211_ATTR_IE if
    657 *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC is included. However, if %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT is
    658 *	included, these IEs through %NL80211_ATTR_IE are specified by the user
    659 *	space based on the best possible BSS selected. Thus, if the driver ends
    660 *	up selecting a different BSS, it can modify these IEs accordingly (e.g.
    661 *	userspace asks the driver to perform PMKSA caching with BSS1 and the
    662 *	driver ends up selecting BSS2 with different PMKSA cache entry; RSNIE
    663 *	has to get updated with the apt PMKID).
    664 *	%NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID can be used to request a reassociation within
    665 *	the ESS in case the device is already associated and an association with
    666 *	a different BSS is desired.
    667 *	Background scan period can optionally be
    668 *	specified in %NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD,
    669 *	if not specified default background scan configuration
    670 *	in driver is used and if period value is 0, bg scan will be disabled.
    671 *	This attribute is ignored if driver does not support roam scan.
    672 *	It is also sent as an event, with the BSSID and response IEs when the
    673 *	connection is established or failed to be established. This can be
    674 *	determined by the %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute (0 = success,
    675 *	non-zero = failure). If %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT is included in the
    676 *	event, the connection attempt failed due to not being able to initiate
    677 *	authentication/association or not receiving a response from the AP.
    678 *	Non-zero %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE value is indicated in that case as
    679 *	well to remain backwards compatible.
    680 * @NL80211_CMD_ROAM: Notification indicating the card/driver roamed by itself.
    681 *	When a security association was established on an 802.1X network using
    682 *	fast transition, this event should be followed by an
    683 *	%NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED event.
    684 *	Following a %NL80211_CMD_ROAM event userspace can issue
    685 *	%NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN in order to obtain the scan information for the
    686 *	new BSS the card/driver roamed to.
    687 * @NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT: drop a given connection; also used to notify
    688 *	userspace that a connection was dropped by the AP or due to other
    689 *	reasons, for this the %NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP and
    690 *	%NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE attributes are used.
    691 *
    692 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS: Set a wiphy's netns. Note that all devices
    693 *	associated with this wiphy must be down and will follow.
    694 *
    695 * @NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Request to remain awake on the specified
    696 *	channel for the specified amount of time. This can be used to do
    697 *	off-channel operations like transmit a Public Action frame and wait for
    698 *	a response while being associated to an AP on another channel.
    699 *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify which interface (and thus
    700 *	radio) is used. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used to specify the
    701 *	frequency for the operation.
    702 *	%NL80211_ATTR_DURATION is used to specify the duration in milliseconds
    703 *	to remain on the channel. This command is also used as an event to
    704 *	notify when the requested duration starts (it may take a while for the
    705 *	driver to schedule this time due to other concurrent needs for the
    706 *	radio).
    707 *	When called, this operation returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE)
    708 *	that will be included with any events pertaining to this request;
    709 *	the cookie is also used to cancel the request.
    710 * @NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: This command can be used to cancel a
    711 *	pending remain-on-channel duration if the desired operation has been
    712 *	completed prior to expiration of the originally requested duration.
    713 *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the
    714 *	radio. The %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attribute must be given as well to
    715 *	uniquely identify the request.
    716 *	This command is also used as an event to notify when a requested
    717 *	remain-on-channel duration has expired.
    718 *
    719 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK: Set the mask of rates to be used in TX
    720 *	rate selection. %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the interface
    721 *	and @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES the set of allowed rates.
    722 *
    723 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME: Register for receiving certain mgmt frames
    724 *	(via @NL80211_CMD_FRAME) for processing in userspace. This command
    725 *	requires an interface index, a frame type attribute (optional for
    726 *	backward compatibility reasons, if not given assumes action frames)
    727 *	and a match attribute containing the first few bytes of the frame
    728 *	that should match, e.g. a single byte for only a category match or
    729 *	four bytes for vendor frames including the OUI. The registration
    730 *	cannot be dropped, but is removed automatically when the netlink
    731 *	socket is closed. Multiple registrations can be made.
    732 *	The %NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST flag attribute can be given if
    733 *	%NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS is available, in which
    734 *	case the registration can also be modified to include/exclude the
    735 *	flag, rather than requiring unregistration to change it.
    736 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME for
    737 *	backward compatibility
    738 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME: Management frame TX request and RX notification. This
    739 *	command is used both as a request to transmit a management frame and
    740 *	as an event indicating reception of a frame that was not processed in
    741 *	kernel code, but is for us (i.e., which may need to be processed in a
    742 *	user space application). %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the
    743 *	frame contents (including header). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used
    744 *	to indicate on which channel the frame is to be transmitted or was
    745 *	received. If this channel is not the current channel (remain-on-channel
    746 *	or the operational channel) the device will switch to the given channel
    747 *	and transmit the frame, optionally waiting for a response for the time
    748 *	specified using %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION. When called, this operation
    749 *	returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) that will be included with the
    750 *	TX status event pertaining to the TX request.
    751 *	%NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the
    752 *	management frames at CCK rate or not in 2GHz band.
    753 *	%NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX is an array of offsets to CSA
    754 *	counters which will be updated to the current value. This attribute
    755 *	is used during CSA period.
    756 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL: When an off-channel TX was requested, this
    757 *	command may be used with the corresponding cookie to cancel the wait
    758 *	time if it is known that it is no longer necessary.  This command is
    759 *	also sent as an event whenever the driver has completed the off-channel
    760 *	wait time.
    761 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME for backward compatibility.
    762 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a management frame
    763 *	transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies
    764 *	the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME includes the contents of the
    765 *	frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included if the recipient acknowledged
    766 *	the frame.
    767 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS for
    768 *	backward compatibility.
    769 *
    770 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE: Set powersave, using %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE
    771 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE: Get powersave status in %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE
    772 *
    773 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM: Connection quality monitor configuration. This command
    774 *	is used to configure connection quality monitoring notification trigger
    775 *	levels.
    776 * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM: Connection quality monitor notification. This
    777 *	command is used as an event to indicate the that a trigger level was
    778 *	reached.
    779 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL: Set the channel (using %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
    780 *	and the attributes determining channel width) the given interface
    781 *	(identifed by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX) shall operate on.
    782 *	In case multiple channels are supported by the device, the mechanism
    783 *	with which it switches channels is implementation-defined.
    784 *	When a monitor interface is given, it can only switch channel while
    785 *	no other interfaces are operating to avoid disturbing the operation
    786 *	of any other interfaces, and other interfaces will again take
    787 *	precedence when they are used.
    788 *
    789 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER: Set the MAC address of the peer on a WDS interface
    790 *	(no longer supported).
    791 *
    792 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST: Configure if this AP should perform
    793 *	multicast to unicast conversion. When enabled, all multicast packets
    794 *	with ethertype ARP, IPv4 or IPv6 (possibly within an 802.1Q header)
    795 *	will be sent out to each station once with the destination (multicast)
    796 *	MAC address replaced by the station's MAC address. Note that this may
    797 *	break certain expectations of the receiver, e.g. the ability to drop
    798 *	unicast IP packets encapsulated in multicast L2 frames, or the ability
    799 *	to not send destination unreachable messages in such cases.
    800 *	This can only be toggled per BSS. Configure this on an interface of
    801 *	type %NL80211_IFTYPE_AP. It applies to all its VLAN interfaces
    802 *	(%NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN), except for those in 4addr (WDS) mode.
    803 *	If %NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED is not present with this
    804 *	command, the feature is disabled.
    805 *
    806 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH: Join a mesh. The mesh ID must be given, and initial
    807 *	mesh config parameters may be given.
    808 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH: Leave the mesh network -- no special arguments, the
    809 *	network is determined by the network interface.
    810 *
    811 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE: Unprotected deauthentication frame
    812 *	notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected
    813 *	deauthentication frame was dropped when MFP is in use.
    814 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE: Unprotected disassociation frame
    815 *	notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected
    816 *	disassociation frame was dropped when MFP is in use.
    817 *
    818 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE: Notification on the reception of a
    819 *      beacon or probe response from a compatible mesh peer.  This is only
    820 *      sent while no station information (sta_info) exists for the new peer
    821 *      candidate and when @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH,
    822 *      @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE, or
    823 *      @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM is set.  On reception of this
    824 *      notification, userspace may decide to create a new station
    825 *      (@NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION).  To stop this notification from
    826 *      reoccurring, the userspace authentication daemon may want to create the
    827 *      new station with the AUTHENTICATED flag unset and maybe change it later
    828 *      depending on the authentication result.
    829 *
    830 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN: get Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings.
    831 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN: set Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings.
    832 *	Since wireless is more complex than wired ethernet, it supports
    833 *	various triggers. These triggers can be configured through this
    834 *	command with the %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute. For
    835 *	more background information, see
    836 *	https://wireless.wiki.kernel.org/en/users/Documentation/WoWLAN.
    837 *	The @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN command can also be used as a notification
    838 *	from the driver reporting the wakeup reason. In this case, the
    839 *	@NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute will contain the reason
    840 *	for the wakeup, if it was caused by wireless. If it is not present
    841 *	in the wakeup notification, the wireless device didn't cause the
    842 *	wakeup but reports that it was woken up.
    843 *
    844 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD: This command is used give the driver
    845 *	the necessary information for supporting GTK rekey offload. This
    846 *	feature is typically used during WoWLAN. The configuration data
    847 *	is contained in %NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA (which is nested and
    848 *	contains the data in sub-attributes). After rekeying happened,
    849 *	this command may also be sent by the driver as an MLME event to
    850 *	inform userspace of the new replay counter.
    851 *
    852 * @NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: This is used as an event to inform userspace
    853 *	of PMKSA caching dandidates.
    854 *
    855 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER: Perform a high-level TDLS command (e.g. link setup).
    856 *	In addition, this can be used as an event to request userspace to take
    857 *	actions on TDLS links (set up a new link or tear down an existing one).
    858 *	In such events, %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION indicates the requested
    859 *	operation, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC contains the peer MAC address, and
    860 *	%NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE the reason code to be used (only with
    861 *	%NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN).
    862 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT: Send a TDLS management frame. The
    863 *	%NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION attribute determines the type of frame to be
    864 *	sent. Public Action codes (802.11-2012 8.1.5.1) will be sent as
    865 *	802.11 management frames, while TDLS action codes (802.11-2012
    866 *	8.5.13.1) will be encapsulated and sent as data frames. The currently
    867 *	supported Public Action code is %WLAN_PUB_ACTION_TDLS_DISCOVER_RES
    868 *	and the currently supported TDLS actions codes are given in
    869 *	&enum ieee80211_tdls_actioncode.
    870 *
    871 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME: Used by an application controlling an AP
    872 *	(or GO) interface (i.e. hostapd) to ask for unexpected frames to
    873 *	implement sending deauth to stations that send unexpected class 3
    874 *	frames. Also used as the event sent by the kernel when such a frame
    875 *	is received.
    876 *	For the event, the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC attribute carries the TA and
    877 *	other attributes like the interface index are present.
    878 *	If used as the command it must have an interface index and you can
    879 *	only unsubscribe from the event by closing the socket. Subscription
    880 *	is also for %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME events.
    881 *
    882 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME: Sent as an event indicating that the
    883 *	associated station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC sent a 4addr frame
    884 *	and wasn't already in a 4-addr VLAN. The event will be sent similarly
    885 *	to the %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME event, to the same listener.
    886 *
    887 * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT: Probe an associated station on an AP interface
    888 *	by sending a null data frame to it and reporting when the frame is
    889 *	acknowleged. This is used to allow timing out inactive clients. Uses
    890 *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. The command returns a
    891 *	direct reply with an %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE that is later used to match
    892 *	up the event with the request. The event includes the same data and
    893 *	has %NL80211_ATTR_ACK set if the frame was ACKed.
    894 *
    895 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS: Register this socket to receive beacons from
    896 *	other BSSes when any interfaces are in AP mode. This helps implement
    897 *	OLBC handling in hostapd. Beacons are reported in %NL80211_CMD_FRAME
    898 *	messages. Note that per PHY only one application may register.
    899 *
    900 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP: sets a bitmap for the individual TIDs whether
    901 *      No Acknowledgement Policy should be applied.
    902 *
    903 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY: An AP or GO may decide to switch channels
    904 *	independently of the userspace SME, send this event indicating
    905 *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is now on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the
    906 *	attributes determining channel width.  This indication may also be
    907 *	sent when a remotely-initiated switch (e.g., when a STA receives a CSA
    908 *	from the remote AP) is completed;
    909 *
    910 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY: Notify that a channel switch
    911 *	has been started on an interface, regardless of the initiator
    912 *	(ie. whether it was requested from a remote device or
    913 *	initiated on our own).  It indicates that
    914 *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX will be on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
    915 *	after %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT TBTT's.  The userspace may
    916 *	decide to react to this indication by requesting other
    917 *	interfaces to change channel as well.
    918 *
    919 * @NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE: Start the given P2P Device, identified by
    920 *	its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier. It must have been created with
    921 *	%NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE previously. After it has been started, the
    922 *	P2P Device can be used for P2P operations, e.g. remain-on-channel and
    923 *	public action frame TX.
    924 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE: Stop the given P2P Device, identified by
    925 *	its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier.
    926 *
    927 * @NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED: connection request to an AP failed; used to
    928 *	notify userspace that AP has rejected the connection request from a
    929 *	station, due to particular reason. %NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON
    930 *	is used for this.
    931 *
    932 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE: Change the rate used to send multicast frames
    933 *	for IBSS or MESH vif.
    934 *
    935 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL: sets ACL for MAC address based access control.
    936 *	This is to be used with the drivers advertising the support of MAC
    937 *	address based access control. List of MAC addresses is passed in
    938 *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS and ACL policy is passed in
    939 *	%NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY. Driver will enable ACL with this list, if it
    940 *	is not already done. The new list will replace any existing list. Driver
    941 *	will clear its ACL when the list of MAC addresses passed is empty. This
    942 *	command is used in AP/P2P GO mode. Driver has to make sure to clear its
    943 *	ACL list during %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP.
    944 *
    945 * @NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT: Start a Channel availability check (CAC). Once
    946 *	a radar is detected or the channel availability scan (CAC) has finished
    947 *	or was aborted, or a radar was detected, usermode will be notified with
    948 *	this event. This command is also used to notify userspace about radars
    949 *	while operating on this channel.
    950 *	%NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT is used to inform about the type of the
    951 *	event.
    952 *
    953 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: Get global nl80211 protocol features,
    954 *	i.e. features for the nl80211 protocol rather than device features.
    955 *	Returns the features in the %NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES bitmap.
    956 *
    957 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES: Pass down the most up-to-date Fast Transition
    958 *	Information Element to the WLAN driver
    959 *
    960 * @NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT: Send a Fast transition event from the WLAN driver
    961 *	to the supplicant. This will carry the target AP's MAC address along
    962 *	with the relevant Information Elements. This event is used to report
    963 *	received FT IEs (MDIE, FTIE, RSN IE, TIE, RICIE).
    964 *
    965 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START: Indicates user-space will start running
    966 *	a critical protocol that needs more reliability in the connection to
    967 *	complete.
    968 *
    969 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP: Indicates the connection reliability can
    970 *	return back to normal.
    971 *
    972 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE: Get currently supported coalesce rules.
    973 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE: Configure coalesce rules or clear existing rules.
    974 *
    975 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Perform a channel switch by announcing the
    976 *	new channel information (Channel Switch Announcement - CSA)
    977 *	in the beacon for some time (as defined in the
    978 *	%NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT parameter) and then change to the
    979 *	new channel. Userspace provides the new channel information (using
    980 *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel
    981 *	width). %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX may be supplied to inform
    982 *	other station that transmission must be blocked until the channel
    983 *	switch is complete.
    984 *
    985 * @NL80211_CMD_VENDOR: Vendor-specified command/event. The command is specified
    986 *	by the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID attribute and a sub-command in
    987 *	%NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD. Parameter(s) can be transported in
    988 *	%NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA.
    989 *	For feature advertisement, the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute is
    990 *	used in the wiphy data as a nested attribute containing descriptions
    991 *	(&struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info) of the supported vendor commands.
    992 *	This may also be sent as an event with the same attributes.
    993 *
    994 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP: Set Interworking QoS mapping for IP DSCP values.
    995 *	The QoS mapping information is included in %NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP. If
    996 *	that attribute is not included, QoS mapping is disabled. Since this
    997 *	QoS mapping is relevant for IP packets, it is only valid during an
    998 *	association. This is cleared on disassociation and AP restart.
    999 *
   1000 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS: Ask the kernel to add a traffic stream for the given
   1001 *	%NL80211_ATTR_TSID and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC with %NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO
   1002 *	and %NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME parameters.
   1003 *	Note that the action frame handshake with the AP shall be handled by
   1004 *	userspace via the normal management RX/TX framework, this only sets
   1005 *	up the TX TS in the driver/device.
   1006 *	If the admitted time attribute is not added then the request just checks
   1007 *	if a subsequent setup could be successful, the intent is to use this to
   1008 *	avoid setting up a session with the AP when local restrictions would
   1009 *	make that impossible. However, the subsequent "real" setup may still
   1010 *	fail even if the check was successful.
   1011 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS: Remove an existing TS with the %NL80211_ATTR_TSID
   1012 *	and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameters. It isn't necessary to call this
   1013 *	before removing a station entry entirely, or before disassociating
   1014 *	or similar, cleanup will happen in the driver/device in this case.
   1015 *
   1016 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP: Get mesh path attributes for mesh proxy path to
   1017 *	destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
   1018 *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
   1019 *
   1020 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB: Join the OCB network. The center frequency and
   1021 *	bandwidth of a channel must be given.
   1022 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB: Leave the OCB network -- no special arguments, the
   1023 *	network is determined by the network interface.
   1024 *
   1025 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer,
   1026 *	identified by the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameter. A target channel is
   1027 *	provided via %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes determining
   1028 *	channel width/type. The target operating class is given via
   1029 *	%NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS.
   1030 *	The driver is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching
   1031 *	operations and returning to the base channel for communication with the
   1032 *	AP.
   1033 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS
   1034 *	peer given by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. Both peers must be on the base channel
   1035 *	when this command completes.
   1036 *
   1037 * @NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE: Similar to %NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE, but used
   1038 *	as an event to indicate changes for devices with wiphy-specific regdom
   1039 *	management.
   1040 *
   1041 * @NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN: Stop an ongoing scan. Returns -ENOENT if a scan is
   1042 *	not running. The driver indicates the status of the scan through
   1043 *	cfg80211_scan_done().
   1044 *
   1045 * @NL80211_CMD_START_NAN: Start NAN operation, identified by its
   1046 *	%NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface. This interface must have been
   1047 *	previously created with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE. After it
   1048 *	has been started, the NAN interface will create or join a
   1049 *	cluster. This command must have a valid
   1050 *	%NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF attribute and optional
   1051 *	%NL80211_ATTR_BANDS attributes.  If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is
   1052 *	omitted or set to 0, it means don't-care and the device will
   1053 *	decide what to use.  After this command NAN functions can be
   1054 *	added.
   1055 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN: Stop the NAN operation, identified by
   1056 *	its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface.
   1057 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION: Add a NAN function. The function is defined
   1058 *	with %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC nested attribute. When called, this
   1059 *	operation returns the strictly positive and unique instance id
   1060 *	(%NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID) and a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE)
   1061 *	of the function upon success.
   1062 *	Since instance ID's can be re-used, this cookie is the right
   1063 *	way to identify the function. This will avoid races when a termination
   1064 *	event is handled by the user space after it has already added a new
   1065 *	function that got the same instance id from the kernel as the one
   1066 *	which just terminated.
   1067 *	This cookie may be used in NAN events even before the command
   1068 *	returns, so userspace shouldn't process NAN events until it processes
   1069 *	the response to this command.
   1070 *	Look at %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER as well.
   1071 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION: Delete a NAN function by cookie.
   1072 *	This command is also used as a notification sent when a NAN function is
   1073 *	terminated. This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID
   1074 *	and %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attributes.
   1075 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG: Change current NAN
   1076 *	configuration. NAN must be operational (%NL80211_CMD_START_NAN
   1077 *	was executed).  It must contain at least one of the following
   1078 *	attributes: %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF,
   1079 *	%NL80211_ATTR_BANDS.  If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is omitted, the
   1080 *	current configuration is not changed.  If it is present but
   1081 *	set to zero, the configuration is changed to don't-care
   1082 *	(i.e. the device can decide what to do).
   1083 * @NL80211_CMD_NAN_FUNC_MATCH: Notification sent when a match is reported.
   1084 *	This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH nested attribute and
   1085 *	%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE.
   1086 *
   1087 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS: Update one or more connect parameters
   1088 *	for subsequent roaming cases if the driver or firmware uses internal
   1089 *	BSS selection. This command can be issued only while connected and it
   1090 *	does not result in a change for the current association. Currently,
   1091 *	only the %NL80211_ATTR_IE data is used and updated with this command.
   1092 *
   1093 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, set the PMK or PMK-R0
   1094 *	for the given authenticator address (specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MAC).
   1095 *	When %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME is set, %NL80211_ATTR_PMK specifies the
   1096 *	PMK-R0, otherwise it specifies the PMK.
   1097 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, delete the previously
   1098 *	configured PMK for the authenticator address identified by
   1099 *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
   1100 * @NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED: An event that indicates an 802.1X FT roam was
   1101 *	completed successfully. Drivers that support 4 way handshake offload
   1102 *	should send this event after indicating 802.1X FT assocation with
   1103 *	%NL80211_CMD_ROAM. If the 4 way handshake failed %NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT
   1104 *	should be indicated instead.
   1105 * @NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME: Control Port (e.g. PAE) frame TX request
   1106 *	and RX notification.  This command is used both as a request to transmit
   1107 *	a control port frame and as a notification that a control port frame
   1108 *	has been received. %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the
   1109 *	frame contents.  The frame is the raw EAPoL data, without ethernet or
   1110 *	802.11 headers.
   1111 *	When used as an event indication %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
   1112 *	%NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC are added
   1113 *	indicating the protocol type of the received frame; whether the frame
   1114 *	was received unencrypted and the MAC address of the peer respectively.
   1115 *
   1116 * @NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB: Request that the regdb firmware file is reloaded.
   1117 *
   1118 * @NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH: This interface is exclusively defined for host
   1119 *	drivers that do not define separate commands for authentication and
   1120 *	association, but rely on user space for the authentication to happen.
   1121 *	This interface acts both as the event request (driver to user space)
   1122 *	to trigger the authentication and command response (userspace to
   1123 *	driver) to indicate the authentication status.
   1124 *
   1125 *	User space uses the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT command to the host driver to
   1126 *	trigger a connection. The host driver selects a BSS and further uses
   1127 *	this interface to offload only the authentication part to the user
   1128 *	space. Authentication frames are passed between the driver and user
   1129 *	space through the %NL80211_CMD_FRAME interface. Host driver proceeds
   1130 *	further with the association after getting successful authentication
   1131 *	status. User space indicates the authentication status through
   1132 *	%NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute in %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH
   1133 *	command interface.
   1134 *
   1135 *	Host driver reports this status on an authentication failure to the
   1136 *	user space through the connect result as the user space would have
   1137 *	initiated the connection through the connect request.
   1138 *
   1139 * @NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED: An event that notify station's
   1140 *	ht opmode or vht opmode changes using any of %NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE,
   1141 *	%NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,%NL80211_ATTR_NSS attributes with its
   1142 *	address(specified in %NL80211_ATTR_MAC).
   1143 *
   1144 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, in
   1145 *	the %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS attribute.
   1146 *
   1147 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START: start a (set of) peer measurement(s)
   1148 *	with the given parameters, which are encapsulated in the nested
   1149 *	%NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS attribute. Optionally, MAC address
   1150 *	randomization may be enabled and configured by specifying the
   1151 *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes.
   1152 *	If a timeout is requested, use the %NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT attribute.
   1153 *	A u64 cookie for further %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE use is returned in
   1154 *	the netlink extended ack message.
   1155 *
   1156 *	To cancel a measurement, close the socket that requested it.
   1157 *
   1158 *	Measurement results are reported to the socket that requested the
   1159 *	measurement using @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT when they
   1160 *	become available, so applications must ensure a large enough socket
   1161 *	buffer size.
   1162 *
   1163 *	Depending on driver support it may or may not be possible to start
   1164 *	multiple concurrent measurements.
   1165 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT: This command number is used for the
   1166 *	result notification from the driver to the requesting socket.
   1167 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE: Notification only, indicating that
   1168 *	the measurement completed, using the measurement cookie
   1169 *	(%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE).
   1170 *
   1171 * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR: Notify the kernel that a radar signal was
   1172 *	detected and reported by a neighboring device on the channel
   1173 *	indicated by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes
   1174 *	determining the width and type.
   1175 *
   1176 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO: This interface allows the host driver to
   1177 *	offload OWE processing to user space. This intends to support
   1178 *	OWE AKM by the host drivers that implement SME but rely
   1179 *	on the user space for the cryptographic/DH IE processing in AP mode.
   1180 *
   1181 * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_MESH_LINK: The requirement for mesh link metric
   1182 *	refreshing, is that from one mesh point we be able to send some data
   1183 *	frames to other mesh points which are not currently selected as a
   1184 *	primary traffic path, but which are only 1 hop away. The absence of
   1185 *	the primary path to the chosen node makes it necessary to apply some
   1186 *	form of marking on a chosen packet stream so that the packets can be
   1187 *	properly steered to the selected node for testing, and not by the
   1188 *	regular mesh path lookup. Further, the packets must be of type data
   1189 *	so that the rate control (often embedded in firmware) is used for
   1190 *	rate selection.
   1191 *
   1192 *	Here attribute %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify connected mesh
   1193 *	peer MAC address and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the frame
   1194 *	content. The frame is ethernet data.
   1195 *
   1196 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG: Data frame TID specific configuration
   1197 *	is passed using %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG attribute.
   1198 *
   1199 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_BEACON: Unprotected or incorrectly protected Beacon
   1200 *	frame. This event is used to indicate that a received Beacon frame was
   1201 *	dropped because it did not include a valid MME MIC while beacon
   1202 *	protection was enabled (BIGTK configured in station mode).
   1203 *
   1204 * @NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a control
   1205 *	port frame transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME.
   1206 *	%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME
   1207 *	includes the contents of the frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included
   1208 *	if the recipient acknowledged the frame.
   1209 *
   1210 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS: SAR power limitation configuration is
   1211 *	passed using %NL80211_ATTR_SAR_SPEC. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is used to
   1212 *	specify the wiphy index to be applied to.
   1213 *
   1214 * @NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION: This notification is sent out whenever
   1215 *	mac80211/drv detects a bss color collision.
   1216 *
   1217 * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_REQUEST: This command is used to indicate that
   1218 *	userspace wants to change the BSS color.
   1219 *
   1220 * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_STARTED: Notify userland, that a color change has
   1221 *	started
   1222 *
   1223 * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_ABORTED: Notify userland, that the color change has
   1224 *	been aborted
   1225 *
   1226 * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_COMPLETED: Notify userland that the color change
   1227 *	has completed
   1228 *
   1229 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD: Set FILS AAD data to the driver using -
   1230 *	&NL80211_ATTR_MAC - for STA MAC address
   1231 *	&NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - for KEK
   1232 *	&NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES - for FILS Nonces
   1233 *		(STA Nonce 16 bytes followed by AP Nonce 16 bytes)
   1234 *
   1235 * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOC_COMEBACK: notification about an association
   1236 *      temporal rejection with comeback. The event includes %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
   1237 *      to describe the BSSID address of the AP and %NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT to
   1238 *      specify the timeout value.
   1239 *
   1240 * @NL80211_CMD_MAX: highest used command number
   1241 * @__NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST: internal use
   1242 */
   1243enum nl80211_commands {
   1244/* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */
   1245	NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC,
   1246
   1247	NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY,		/* can dump */
   1248	NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY,
   1249	NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY,
   1250	NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY,
   1251
   1252	NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE,	/* can dump */
   1253	NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE,
   1254	NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE,
   1255	NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE,
   1256
   1257	NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY,
   1258	NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY,
   1259	NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY,
   1260	NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY,
   1261
   1262	NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON,
   1263	NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON,
   1264	NL80211_CMD_START_AP,
   1265	NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_START_AP,
   1266	NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP,
   1267	NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP,
   1268
   1269	NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION,
   1270	NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION,
   1271	NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION,
   1272	NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION,
   1273
   1274	NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH,
   1275	NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH,
   1276	NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH,
   1277	NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH,
   1278
   1279	NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS,
   1280
   1281	NL80211_CMD_SET_REG,
   1282	NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG,
   1283
   1284	NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG,
   1285	NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG,
   1286
   1287	NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE /* reserved; not used */,
   1288
   1289	NL80211_CMD_GET_REG,
   1290
   1291	NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN,
   1292	NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN,
   1293	NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS,
   1294	NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED,
   1295
   1296	NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE,
   1297
   1298	NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE,
   1299	NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE,
   1300	NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE,
   1301	NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE,
   1302
   1303	NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE,
   1304
   1305	NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT,
   1306
   1307	NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS,
   1308	NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS,
   1309
   1310	NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE,
   1311
   1312	NL80211_CMD_CONNECT,
   1313	NL80211_CMD_ROAM,
   1314	NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT,
   1315
   1316	NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS,
   1317
   1318	NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY,
   1319	NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS,
   1320
   1321	NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA,
   1322	NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA,
   1323	NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA,
   1324
   1325	NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL,
   1326	NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL,
   1327
   1328	NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK,
   1329
   1330	NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME,
   1331	NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME,
   1332	NL80211_CMD_FRAME,
   1333	NL80211_CMD_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_FRAME,
   1334	NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
   1335	NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS = NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
   1336
   1337	NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE,
   1338	NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE,
   1339
   1340	NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM,
   1341	NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM,
   1342
   1343	NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL,
   1344	NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER,
   1345
   1346	NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL,
   1347
   1348	NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH,
   1349	NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH,
   1350
   1351	NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE,
   1352	NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE,
   1353
   1354	NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE,
   1355
   1356	NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN,
   1357	NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN,
   1358
   1359	NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN,
   1360	NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN,
   1361	NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS,
   1362	NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED,
   1363
   1364	NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD,
   1365
   1366	NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
   1367
   1368	NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER,
   1369	NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT,
   1370
   1371	NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME,
   1372
   1373	NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT,
   1374
   1375	NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS,
   1376
   1377	NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME,
   1378
   1379	NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP,
   1380
   1381	NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY,
   1382
   1383	NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE,
   1384	NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE,
   1385
   1386	NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED,
   1387
   1388	NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE,
   1389
   1390	NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL,
   1391
   1392	NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT,
   1393
   1394	NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES,
   1395
   1396	NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES,
   1397	NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT,
   1398
   1399	NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START,
   1400	NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP,
   1401
   1402	NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE,
   1403	NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE,
   1404
   1405	NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
   1406
   1407	NL80211_CMD_VENDOR,
   1408
   1409	NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP,
   1410
   1411	NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS,
   1412	NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS,
   1413
   1414	NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP,
   1415
   1416	NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB,
   1417	NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB,
   1418
   1419	NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY,
   1420
   1421	NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
   1422	NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
   1423
   1424	NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE,
   1425
   1426	NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN,
   1427
   1428	NL80211_CMD_START_NAN,
   1429	NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN,
   1430	NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION,
   1431	NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION,
   1432	NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG,
   1433	NL80211_CMD_NAN_MATCH,
   1434
   1435	NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST,
   1436
   1437	NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS,
   1438
   1439	NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK,
   1440	NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK,
   1441
   1442	NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED,
   1443
   1444	NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB,
   1445
   1446	NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH,
   1447
   1448	NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED,
   1449
   1450	NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME,
   1451
   1452	NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS,
   1453
   1454	NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START,
   1455	NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT,
   1456	NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE,
   1457
   1458	NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR,
   1459
   1460	NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO,
   1461
   1462	NL80211_CMD_PROBE_MESH_LINK,
   1463
   1464	NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG,
   1465
   1466	NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_BEACON,
   1467
   1468	NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
   1469
   1470	NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS,
   1471
   1472	NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION,
   1473
   1474	NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_REQUEST,
   1475
   1476	NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_STARTED,
   1477	NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_ABORTED,
   1478	NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_COMPLETED,
   1479
   1480	NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD,
   1481
   1482	NL80211_CMD_ASSOC_COMEBACK,
   1483
   1484	/* add new commands above here */
   1485
   1486	/* used to define NL80211_CMD_MAX below */
   1487	__NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST,
   1488	NL80211_CMD_MAX = __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST - 1
   1489};
   1490
   1491/*
   1492 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new commands by defining them
   1493 * here
   1494 */
   1495#define NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS
   1496#define NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE
   1497#define NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE
   1498#define NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE
   1499#define NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE
   1500#define NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE
   1501#define NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE
   1502#define NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT
   1503
   1504#define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS
   1505
   1506/* source-level API compatibility */
   1507#define NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG
   1508#define NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG
   1509#define NL80211_MESH_SETUP_VENDOR_PATH_SEL_IE NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE
   1510
   1511/**
   1512 * enum nl80211_attrs - nl80211 netlink attributes
   1513 *
   1514 * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC: unspecified attribute to catch errors
   1515 *
   1516 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY: index of wiphy to operate on, cf.
   1517 *	/sys/class/ieee80211/<phyname>/index
   1518 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME: wiphy name (used for renaming)
   1519 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS: a nested array of TX queue parameters
   1520 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ: frequency of the selected channel in MHz,
   1521 *	defines the channel together with the (deprecated)
   1522 *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE attribute or the attributes
   1523 *	%NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH and if needed %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
   1524 *	and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2
   1525 * @NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH: u32 attribute containing one of the values
   1526 *	of &enum nl80211_chan_width, describing the channel width. See the
   1527 *	documentation of the enum for more information.
   1528 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1: Center frequency of the first part of the
   1529 *	channel, used for anything but 20 MHz bandwidth. In S1G this is the
   1530 *	operating channel center frequency.
   1531 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2: Center frequency of the second part of the
   1532 *	channel, used only for 80+80 MHz bandwidth
   1533 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE: included with NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
   1534 *	if HT20 or HT40 are to be used (i.e., HT disabled if not included):
   1535 *	NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT = HT not allowed (i.e., same as not including
   1536 *		this attribute)
   1537 *	NL80211_CHAN_HT20 = HT20 only
   1538 *	NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS = secondary channel is below the primary channel
   1539 *	NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS = secondary channel is above the primary channel
   1540 *	This attribute is now deprecated.
   1541 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT: TX retry limit for frames whose length is
   1542 *	less than or equal to the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255;
   1543 *	dot11ShortRetryLimit; u8
   1544 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG: TX retry limit for frames whose length is
   1545 *	greater than the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255;
   1546 *	dot11ShortLongLimit; u8
   1547 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD: fragmentation threshold, i.e., maximum
   1548 *	length in octets for frames; allowed range: 256..8000, disable
   1549 *	fragmentation with (u32)-1; dot11FragmentationThreshold; u32
   1550 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD: RTS threshold (TX frames with length
   1551 *	larger than or equal to this use RTS/CTS handshake); allowed range:
   1552 *	0..65536, disable with (u32)-1; dot11RTSThreshold; u32
   1553 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS: Coverage Class as defined by IEEE 802.11
   1554 *	section 7.3.2.9; dot11CoverageClass; u8
   1555 *
   1556 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX: network interface index of the device to operate on
   1557 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME: network interface name
   1558 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE: type of virtual interface, see &enum nl80211_iftype
   1559 *
   1560 * @NL80211_ATTR_WDEV: wireless device identifier, used for pseudo-devices
   1561 *	that don't have a netdev (u64)
   1562 *
   1563 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC: MAC address (various uses)
   1564 *
   1565 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of
   1566 *	16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC
   1567 *	keys
   1568 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3)
   1569 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11
   1570 *	section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04)
   1571 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and
   1572 *	CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian
   1573 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT: Flag attribute indicating the key is default key
   1574 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: Flag attribute indicating the key is the
   1575 *	default management key
   1576 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE: For crypto settings for connect or
   1577 *	other commands, indicates which pairwise cipher suites are used
   1578 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP: For crypto settings for connect or
   1579 *	other commands, indicates which group cipher suite is used
   1580 *
   1581 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval in TU
   1582 * @NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing
   1583 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD: portion of the beacon before the TIM IE
   1584 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL: portion of the beacon after the TIM IE
   1585 *
   1586 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID: Association ID for the station (u16)
   1587 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of
   1588 *	&enum nl80211_sta_flags (deprecated, use %NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2)
   1589 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL: listen interval as defined by
   1590 *	IEEE 802.11 7.3.1.6 (u16).
   1591 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES: supported rates, array of supported
   1592 *	rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length
   1593 *	restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
   1594 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN: interface index of VLAN interface to move station
   1595 *	to, or the AP interface the station was originally added to.
   1596 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO: information about a station, part of station info
   1597 *	given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION, nested attribute containing
   1598 *	info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_info.
   1599 *
   1600 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS: Information about an operating bands,
   1601 *	consisting of a nested array.
   1602 *
   1603 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID: mesh id (1-32 bytes).
   1604 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION: action to perform on the mesh peer link
   1605 *	(see &enum nl80211_plink_action).
   1606 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP: MAC address of the next hop for a mesh path.
   1607 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO: information about a mesh_path, part of mesh path
   1608 * 	info given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH, nested attribute described at
   1609 *	&enum nl80211_mpath_info.
   1610 *
   1611 * @NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of
   1612 *      &enum nl80211_mntr_flags.
   1613 *
   1614 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2: an ISO-3166-alpha2 country code for which the
   1615 * 	current regulatory domain should be set to or is already set to.
   1616 * 	For example, 'CR', for Costa Rica. This attribute is used by the kernel
   1617 * 	to query the CRDA to retrieve one regulatory domain. This attribute can
   1618 * 	also be used by userspace to query the kernel for the currently set
   1619 * 	regulatory domain. We chose an alpha2 as that is also used by the
   1620 * 	IEEE-802.11 country information element to identify a country.
   1621 * 	Users can also simply ask the wireless core to set regulatory domain
   1622 * 	to a specific alpha2.
   1623 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES: a nested array of regulatory domain regulatory
   1624 *	rules.
   1625 *
   1626 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (u8, 0 or 1)
   1627 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled
   1628 *	(u8, 0 or 1)
   1629 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time enabled
   1630 *	(u8, 0 or 1)
   1631 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES: basic rates, array of basic
   1632 *	rates in format defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length
   1633 *	restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
   1634 *
   1635 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY: HT Capability information element (from
   1636 *	association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
   1637 *
   1638 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing all
   1639 *	supported interface types, each a flag attribute with the number
   1640 *	of the interface mode.
   1641 *
   1642 * @NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE: Management frame subtype for
   1643 *	%NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE.
   1644 *
   1645 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE: Information element(s) data (used, e.g., with
   1646 *	%NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE).
   1647 *
   1648 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can scan with
   1649 *	a single scan request, a wiphy attribute.
   1650 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can
   1651 *	scan with a single scheduled scan request, a wiphy attribute.
   1652 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information elements
   1653 *	that can be added to a scan request
   1654 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information
   1655 *	elements that can be added to a scheduled scan request
   1656 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS: maximum number of sets that can be
   1657 *	used with @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH, a wiphy attribute.
   1658 *
   1659 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES: nested attribute with frequencies (in MHz)
   1660 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS: nested attribute with SSIDs, leave out for passive
   1661 *	scanning and include a zero-length SSID (wildcard) for wildcard scan
   1662 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS: scan result BSS
   1663 *
   1664 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR: indicates who requested the regulatory domain
   1665 * 	currently in effect. This could be any of the %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_*
   1666 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE: indicates the type of the regulatory domain currently
   1667 * 	set. This can be one of the nl80211_reg_type (%NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_*)
   1668 *
   1669 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS: wiphy attribute that specifies
   1670 *	an array of command numbers (i.e. a mapping index to command number)
   1671 *	that the driver for the given wiphy supports.
   1672 *
   1673 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME: frame data (binary attribute), including frame header
   1674 *	and body, but not FCS; used, e.g., with NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE and
   1675 *	NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE events
   1676 * @NL80211_ATTR_SSID: SSID (binary attribute, 0..32 octets)
   1677 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE: AuthenticationType, see &enum nl80211_auth_type,
   1678 *	represented as a u32
   1679 * @NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE: ReasonCode for %NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE and
   1680 *	%NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE, u16
   1681 *
   1682 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE: Key Type, see &enum nl80211_key_type, represented as
   1683 *	a u32
   1684 *
   1685 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change
   1686 * 	due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects
   1687 * 	the state of the channel _before_ the beacon hint processing. This
   1688 * 	attributes consists of a nested attribute containing
   1689 * 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_*
   1690 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change
   1691 * 	due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects
   1692 * 	the state of the channel _after_ the beacon hint processing. This
   1693 * 	attributes consists of a nested attribute containing
   1694 * 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_*
   1695 *
   1696 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES: a set of u32 values indicating the supported
   1697 *	cipher suites
   1698 *
   1699 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED: a flag indicating the IBSS should not try to look
   1700 *	for other networks on different channels
   1701 *
   1702 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT: a flag indicating than an operation timed out; this
   1703 *	is used, e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE event
   1704 *
   1705 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP: Whether management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) is
   1706 *	used for the association (&enum nl80211_mfp, represented as a u32);
   1707 *	this attribute can be used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and
   1708 *	%NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests. %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL is not allowed for
   1709 *	%NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE since user space SME is expected and hence, it
   1710 *	must have decided whether to use management frame protection or not.
   1711 *	Setting %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL with a %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT request will
   1712 *	let the driver (or the firmware) decide whether to use MFP or not.
   1713 *
   1714 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2: Attribute containing a
   1715 *	&struct nl80211_sta_flag_update.
   1716 *
   1717 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT: A flag indicating whether user space controls
   1718 *	IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED, in
   1719 *	station mode. If the flag is included in %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE
   1720 *	request, the driver will assume that the port is unauthorized until
   1721 *	authorized by user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by
   1722 *	default in station mode.
   1723 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE: A 16-bit value indicating the
   1724 *	ethertype that will be used for key negotiation. It can be
   1725 *	specified with the associate and connect commands. If it is not
   1726 *	specified, the value defaults to 0x888E (PAE, 802.1X). This
   1727 *	attribute is also used as a flag in the wiphy information to
   1728 *	indicate that protocols other than PAE are supported.
   1729 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT: When included along with
   1730 *	%NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, indicates that the custom
   1731 *	ethertype frames used for key negotiation must not be encrypted.
   1732 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: A flag indicating whether control
   1733 *	port frames (e.g. of type given in %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE)
   1734 *	will be sent directly to the network interface or sent via the NL80211
   1735 *	socket.  If this attribute is missing, then legacy behavior of sending
   1736 *	control port frames directly to the network interface is used.  If the
   1737 *	flag is included, then control port frames are sent over NL80211 instead
   1738 *	using %CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME.  If control port routing over NL80211 is
   1739 *	to be used then userspace must also use the %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER
   1740 *	flag. When used with %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH, pre-auth
   1741 *	frames are not forwared over the control port.
   1742 *
   1743 * @NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA: Testmode data blob, passed through to the driver.
   1744 *	We recommend using nested, driver-specific attributes within this.
   1745 *
   1746 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP: A flag indicating that the DISCONNECT
   1747 *	event was due to the AP disconnecting the station, and not due to
   1748 *	a local disconnect request.
   1749 * @NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE: StatusCode for the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
   1750 *	event (u16)
   1751 * @NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY: Flag attribute, used with connect(), indicating
   1752 *	that protected APs should be used. This is also used with NEW_BEACON to
   1753 *	indicate that the BSS is to use protection.
   1754 *
   1755 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON
   1756 *	to indicate which unicast key ciphers will be used with the connection
   1757 *	(an array of u32).
   1758 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
   1759 *	indicate which group key cipher will be used with the connection (a
   1760 *	u32).
   1761 * @NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
   1762 *	indicate which WPA version(s) the AP we want to associate with is using
   1763 *	(a u32 with flags from &enum nl80211_wpa_versions).
   1764 * @NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
   1765 *	indicate which key management algorithm(s) to use (an array of u32).
   1766 *	This attribute is also sent in response to @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY,
   1767 *	indicating the supported AKM suites, intended for specific drivers which
   1768 *	implement SME and have constraints on which AKMs are supported and also
   1769 *	the cases where an AKM support is offloaded to the driver/firmware.
   1770 *	If there is no such notification from the driver, user space should
   1771 *	assume the driver supports all the AKM suites.
   1772 *
   1773 * @NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE: (Re)association request information elements as
   1774 *	sent out by the card, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events.
   1775 * @NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE: (Re)association response information elements as
   1776 *	sent by peer, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events.
   1777 *
   1778 * @NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID: previous BSSID, to be used in ASSOCIATE and CONNECT
   1779 *	commands to specify a request to reassociate within an ESS, i.e., to use
   1780 *	Reassociate Request frame (with the value of this attribute in the
   1781 *	Current AP address field) instead of Association Request frame which is
   1782 *	used for the initial association to an ESS.
   1783 *
   1784 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY: key information in a nested attribute with
   1785 *	%NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes
   1786 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEYS: array of keys for static WEP keys for connect()
   1787 *	and join_ibss(), key information is in a nested attribute each
   1788 *	with %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes
   1789 *
   1790 * @NL80211_ATTR_PID: Process ID of a network namespace.
   1791 *
   1792 * @NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION: Used to indicate consistent snapshots for
   1793 *	dumps. This number increases whenever the object list being
   1794 *	dumped changes, and as such userspace can verify that it has
   1795 *	obtained a complete and consistent snapshot by verifying that
   1796 *	all dump messages contain the same generation number. If it
   1797 *	changed then the list changed and the dump should be repeated
   1798 *	completely from scratch.
   1799 *
   1800 * @NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR: Use 4-address frames on a virtual interface
   1801 *
   1802 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO: survey information about a channel, part of
   1803 *      the survey response for %NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY, nested attribute
   1804 *      containing info as possible, see &enum survey_info.
   1805 *
   1806 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKID: PMK material for PMKSA caching.
   1807 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS: maximum number of PMKIDs a firmware can
   1808 *	cache, a wiphy attribute.
   1809 *
   1810 * @NL80211_ATTR_DURATION: Duration of an operation in milliseconds, u32.
   1811 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION: Device attribute that
   1812 *	specifies the maximum duration that can be requested with the
   1813 *	remain-on-channel operation, in milliseconds, u32.
   1814 *
   1815 * @NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE: Generic 64-bit cookie to identify objects.
   1816 *
   1817 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES: Nested set of attributes
   1818 *	(enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes) describing TX rates per band. The
   1819 *	enum nl80211_band value is used as the index (nla_type() of the nested
   1820 *	data. If a band is not included, it will be configured to allow all
   1821 *	rates based on negotiated supported rates information. This attribute
   1822 *	is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK and with starting AP,
   1823 *	and joining mesh networks (not IBSS yet). In the later case, it must
   1824 *	specify just a single bitrate, which is to be used for the beacon.
   1825 *	The driver must also specify support for this with the extended
   1826 *	features NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY,
   1827 *	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT,
   1828 *	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT and
   1829 *	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HE.
   1830 *
   1831 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH: A binary attribute which typically must contain
   1832 *	at least one byte, currently used with @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME.
   1833 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE: A u16 indicating the frame type/subtype for the
   1834 *	@NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command.
   1835 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a
   1836 *	nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing
   1837 *	information about which frame types can be transmitted with
   1838 *	%NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
   1839 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a
   1840 *	nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing
   1841 *	information about which frame types can be registered for RX.
   1842 *
   1843 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACK: Flag attribute indicating that the frame was
   1844 *	acknowledged by the recipient.
   1845 *
   1846 * @NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE: powersave state, using &enum nl80211_ps_state values.
   1847 *
   1848 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM: connection quality monitor configuration in a
   1849 *	nested attribute with %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_* sub-attributes.
   1850 *
   1851 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE: Flag attribute to indicate that a command
   1852 *	is requesting a local authentication/association state change without
   1853 *	invoking actual management frame exchange. This can be used with
   1854 *	NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE,
   1855 *	NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE.
   1856 *
   1857 * @NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE: (AP mode) Do not forward traffic between stations
   1858 *	connected to this BSS.
   1859 *
   1860 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type. See
   1861 *      &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for possible values.
   1862 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL: Transmit power level in signed mBm units.
   1863 *      This is used in association with @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING
   1864 *      for non-automatic settings.
   1865 *
   1866 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN, which mostly
   1867 *	means support for per-station GTKs.
   1868 *
   1869 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for transmitting.
   1870 *	This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should
   1871 *	not be used for transmitting. If an antenna is not selected in this
   1872 *	bitmap the hardware is not allowed to transmit on this antenna.
   1873 *
   1874 *	Each bit represents one antenna, starting with antenna 1 at the first
   1875 *	bit. Depending on which antennas are selected in the bitmap, 802.11n
   1876 *	drivers can derive which chainmasks to use (if all antennas belonging to
   1877 *	a particular chain are disabled this chain should be disabled) and if
   1878 *	a chain has diversity antennas wether diversity should be used or not.
   1879 *	HT capabilities (STBC, TX Beamforming, Antenna selection) can be
   1880 *	derived from the available chains after applying the antenna mask.
   1881 *	Non-802.11n drivers can derive wether to use diversity or not.
   1882 *	Drivers may reject configurations or RX/TX mask combinations they cannot
   1883 *	support by returning -EINVAL.
   1884 *
   1885 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for receiving.
   1886 *	This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should
   1887 *	not be used for receiving. If an antenna is not selected in this bitmap
   1888 *	the hardware should not be configured to receive on this antenna.
   1889 *	For a more detailed description see @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX.
   1890 *
   1891 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX: Bitmap of antennas which are available
   1892 *	for configuration as TX antennas via the above parameters.
   1893 *
   1894 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX: Bitmap of antennas which are available
   1895 *	for configuration as RX antennas via the above parameters.
   1896 *
   1897 * @NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE: Multicast tx rate (in 100 kbps) for IBSS
   1898 *
   1899 * @NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK: For management frame TX, the frame may be
   1900 *	transmitted on another channel when the channel given doesn't match
   1901 *	the current channel. If the current channel doesn't match and this
   1902 *	flag isn't set, the frame will be rejected. This is also used as an
   1903 *	nl80211 capability flag.
   1904 *
   1905 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE: HT operation mode (u16)
   1906 *
   1907 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags
   1908 *	attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as.
   1909 *	See &enum nl80211_key_default_types.
   1910 *
   1911 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP: Optional mesh setup parameters.  These cannot be
   1912 *	changed once the mesh is active.
   1913 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG: Mesh configuration parameters, a nested attribute
   1914 *	containing attributes from &enum nl80211_meshconf_params.
   1915 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH: Currently, this means the underlying driver
   1916 *	allows auth frames in a mesh to be passed to userspace for processing via
   1917 *	the @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH flag.
   1918 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE: The state of a mesh peer link as defined in
   1919 *	&enum nl80211_plink_state. Used when userspace is driving the peer link
   1920 *	management state machine.  @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE or
   1921 *	@NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM must be enabled.
   1922 *
   1923 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED: indicates, as part of the wiphy
   1924 *	capabilities, the supported WoWLAN triggers
   1925 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS: used by %NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN to
   1926 *	indicate which WoW triggers should be enabled. This is also
   1927 *	used by %NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN to get the currently enabled WoWLAN
   1928 *	triggers.
   1929 *
   1930 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL: Interval between scheduled scan
   1931 *	cycles, in msecs.
   1932 *
   1933 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH: Nested attribute with one or more
   1934 *	sets of attributes to match during scheduled scans.  Only BSSs
   1935 *	that match any of the sets will be reported.  These are
   1936 *	pass-thru filter rules.
   1937 *	For a match to succeed, the BSS must match all attributes of a
   1938 *	set.  Since not every hardware supports matching all types of
   1939 *	attributes, there is no guarantee that the reported BSSs are
   1940 *	fully complying with the match sets and userspace needs to be
   1941 *	able to ignore them by itself.
   1942 *	Thus, the implementation is somewhat hardware-dependent, but
   1943 *	this is only an optimization and the userspace application
   1944 *	needs to handle all the non-filtered results anyway.
   1945 *	If the match attributes don't make sense when combined with
   1946 *	the values passed in @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS (eg. if an SSID
   1947 *	is included in the probe request, but the match attributes
   1948 *	will never let it go through), -EINVAL may be returned.
   1949 *	If omitted, no filtering is done.
   1950 *
   1951 * @NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS: Nested attribute listing the supported
   1952 *	interface combinations. In each nested item, it contains attributes
   1953 *	defined in &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
   1954 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES: Nested attribute (just like
   1955 *	%NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES) containing the interface types that
   1956 *	are managed in software: interfaces of these types aren't subject to
   1957 *	any restrictions in their number or combinations.
   1958 *
   1959 * @NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA: nested attribute containing the information
   1960 *	necessary for GTK rekeying in the device, see &enum nl80211_rekey_data.
   1961 *
   1962 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES: rates per to be advertised as supported in scan,
   1963 *	nested array attribute containing an entry for each band, with the entry
   1964 *	being a list of supported rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but
   1965 *	without the length restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
   1966 *
   1967 * @NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID: indicates whether SSID is to be hidden from Beacon
   1968 *	and Probe Response (when response to wildcard Probe Request); see
   1969 *	&enum nl80211_hidden_ssid, represented as a u32
   1970 *
   1971 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP: Information element(s) for Probe Response frame.
   1972 *	This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to
   1973 *	provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into Probe Response frames when the
   1974 *	driver (or firmware) replies to Probe Request frames.
   1975 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP: Information element(s) for (Re)Association
   1976 *	Response frames. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and
   1977 *	%NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into
   1978 *	(Re)Association Response frames when the driver (or firmware) replies to
   1979 *	(Re)Association Request frames.
   1980 *
   1981 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME: Nested attribute containing the wme configuration
   1982 *	of the station, see &enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr.
   1983 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD: the device supports uapsd when working
   1984 *	as AP.
   1985 *
   1986 * @NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT: Indicates whether the firmware is capable of
   1987 *	roaming to another AP in the same ESS if the signal lever is low.
   1988 *
   1989 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: Nested attribute containing the PMKSA caching
   1990 *	candidate information, see &enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr.
   1991 *
   1992 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE: Indicates whether to use CCK rate or not
   1993 *	for management frames transmission. In order to avoid p2p probe/action
   1994 *	frames are being transmitted at CCK rate in 2GHz band, the user space
   1995 *	applications use this attribute.
   1996 *	This attribute is used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and
   1997 *	%NL80211_CMD_FRAME commands.
   1998 *
   1999 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION: Low level TDLS action code (e.g. link setup
   2000 *	request, link setup confirm, link teardown, etc.). Values are
   2001 *	described in the TDLS (802.11z) specification.
   2002 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN: Non-zero token for uniquely identifying a
   2003 *	TDLS conversation between two devices.
   2004 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION: High level TDLS operation; see
   2005 *	&enum nl80211_tdls_operation, represented as a u8.
   2006 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT: A flag indicating the device can operate
   2007 *	as a TDLS peer sta.
   2008 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The TDLS discovery/setup and teardown
   2009 *	procedures should be performed by sending TDLS packets via
   2010 *	%NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT. Otherwise %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be
   2011 *	used for asking the driver to perform a TDLS operation.
   2012 *
   2013 * @NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME: This u32 attribute may be listed for devices
   2014 *	that have AP support to indicate that they have the AP SME integrated
   2015 *	with support for the features listed in this attribute, see
   2016 *	&enum nl80211_ap_sme_features.
   2017 *
   2018 * @NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK: Used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME, this tells
   2019 *	the driver to not wait for an acknowledgement. Note that due to this,
   2020 *	it will also not give a status callback nor return a cookie. This is
   2021 *	mostly useful for probe responses to save airtime.
   2022 *
   2023 * @NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS: This u32 attribute contains flags from
   2024 *	&enum nl80211_feature_flags and is advertised in wiphy information.
   2025 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: Indicates that the HW responds to probe
   2026 *	requests while operating in AP-mode.
   2027 *	This attribute holds a bitmap of the supported protocols for
   2028 *	offloading (see &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr).
   2029 *
   2030 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP: Probe Response template data. Contains the entire
   2031 *	probe-response frame. The DA field in the 802.11 header is zero-ed out,
   2032 *	to be filled by the FW.
   2033 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT: Force HT capable interfaces to disable
   2034 *      this feature during association. This is a flag attribute.
   2035 *	Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers.
   2036 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT: Force VHT capable interfaces to disable
   2037 *      this feature during association. This is a flag attribute.
   2038 *	Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers.
   2039 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HE: Force HE capable interfaces to disable
   2040 *      this feature during association. This is a flag attribute.
   2041 *	Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers.
   2042 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK: Specify which bits of the
   2043 *      ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY to which attention should be paid.
   2044 *      Currently, only mac80211 NICs support this feature.
   2045 *      The values that may be configured are:
   2046 *       MCS rates, MAX-AMSDU, HT-20-40 and HT_CAP_SGI_40
   2047 *       AMPDU density and AMPDU factor.
   2048 *      All values are treated as suggestions and may be ignored
   2049 *      by the driver as required.  The actual values may be seen in
   2050 *      the station debugfs ht_caps file.
   2051 *
   2052 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION: region for regulatory rules which this country
   2053 *    abides to when initiating radiation on DFS channels. A country maps
   2054 *    to one DFS region.
   2055 *
   2056 * @NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP: This u16 bitmap contains the No Ack Policy of
   2057 *      up to 16 TIDs.
   2058 *
   2059 * @NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT: timeout value in seconds, this can be
   2060 *	used by the drivers which has MLME in firmware and does not have support
   2061 *	to report per station tx/rx activity to free up the station entry from
   2062 *	the list. This needs to be used when the driver advertises the
   2063 *	capability to timeout the stations.
   2064 *
   2065 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM: signal strength in dBm (as a 32-bit int);
   2066 *	this attribute is (depending on the driver capabilities) added to
   2067 *	received frames indicated with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
   2068 *
   2069 * @NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD: Background scan period in seconds
   2070 *      or 0 to disable background scan.
   2071 *
   2072 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE: type of regulatory hint passed from
   2073 *	userspace. If unset it is assumed the hint comes directly from
   2074 *	a user. If set code could specify exactly what type of source
   2075 *	was used to provide the hint. For the different types of
   2076 *	allowed user regulatory hints see nl80211_user_reg_hint_type.
   2077 *
   2078 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON: The reason for which AP has rejected
   2079 *	the connection request from a station. nl80211_connect_failed_reason
   2080 *	enum has different reasons of connection failure.
   2081 *
   2082 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA: Fields and elements in Authentication frames.
   2083 *	This contains the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data),
   2084 *	excluding the Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the
   2085 *	Authentication transaction sequence number field. It is used with
   2086 *	authentication algorithms that need special fields to be added into
   2087 *	the frames (SAE and FILS). Currently, only the SAE cases use the
   2088 *	initial two fields (Authentication transaction sequence number and
   2089 *	Status code). However, those fields are included in the attribute data
   2090 *	for all authentication algorithms to keep the attribute definition
   2091 *	consistent.
   2092 *
   2093 * @NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY: VHT Capability information element (from
   2094 *	association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
   2095 *
   2096 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS: scan request control flags (u32)
   2097 *
   2098 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW: P2P GO Client Traffic Window (u8), used with
   2099 *	the START_AP and SET_BSS commands
   2100 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS: P2P GO opportunistic PS (u8), used with the
   2101 *	START_AP and SET_BSS commands. This can have the values 0 or 1;
   2102 *	if not given in START_AP 0 is assumed, if not given in SET_BSS
   2103 *	no change is made.
   2104 *
   2105 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE: local mesh STA link-specific power mode
   2106 *	defined in &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode.
   2107 *
   2108 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY: ACL policy, see &enum nl80211_acl_policy,
   2109 *	carried in a u32 attribute
   2110 *
   2111 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS: Array of nested MAC addresses, used for
   2112 *	MAC ACL.
   2113 *
   2114 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX: u32 attribute to advertise the maximum
   2115 *	number of MAC addresses that a device can support for MAC
   2116 *	ACL.
   2117 *
   2118 * @NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT: Type of radar event for notification to userspace,
   2119 *	contains a value of enum nl80211_radar_event (u32).
   2120 *
   2121 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA: 802.11 extended capabilities that the kernel driver
   2122 *	has and handles. The format is the same as the IE contents. See
   2123 *	802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for more information.
   2124 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK: Extended capabilities that the kernel driver
   2125 *	has set in the %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA value, for multibit fields.
   2126 *
   2127 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY: Station capabilities (u16) are advertised to
   2128 *	the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS power save (PU-APSD).
   2129 *
   2130 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY: Station extended capabilities are
   2131 *	advertised to the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS off channel operations
   2132 *	and PU-APSD.
   2133 *
   2134 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: global nl80211 feature flags, see
   2135 *	&enum nl80211_protocol_features, the attribute is a u32.
   2136 *
   2137 * @NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: flag attribute, userspace supports
   2138 *	receiving the data for a single wiphy split across multiple
   2139 *	messages, given with wiphy dump message
   2140 *
   2141 * @NL80211_ATTR_MDID: Mobility Domain Identifier
   2142 *
   2143 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC: Resource Information Container Information
   2144 *	Element
   2145 *
   2146 * @NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID: critical protocol identifier requiring increased
   2147 *	reliability, see &enum nl80211_crit_proto_id (u16).
   2148 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION: duration in milliseconds in which
   2149 *      the connection should have increased reliability (u16).
   2150 *
   2151 * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID: Association ID for the peer TDLS station (u16).
   2152 *	This is similar to @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID but with a difference of being
   2153 *	allowed to be used with the first @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION command to
   2154 *	update a TDLS peer STA entry.
   2155 *
   2156 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: Coalesce rule information.
   2157 *
   2158 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT: u32 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's
   2159 *	until the channel switch event.
   2160 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX: flag attribute specifying that transmission
   2161 *	must be blocked on the current channel (before the channel switch
   2162 *	operation). Also included in the channel switch started event if quiet
   2163 *	was requested by the AP.
   2164 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES: Nested set of attributes containing the IE information
   2165 *	for the time while performing a channel switch.
   2166 * @NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel
   2167 *	switch or color change counters in the beacons tail (%NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL).
   2168 * @NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel
   2169 *	switch or color change counters in the probe response (%NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP).
   2170 *
   2171 * @NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS: flags for nl80211_send_mgmt(), u32.
   2172 *	As specified in the &enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags.
   2173 *
   2174 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS: array of supported channels.
   2175 *
   2176 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES: array of supported
   2177 *      operating classes.
   2178 *
   2179 * @NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS: A flag indicating whether user space
   2180 *	controls DFS operation in IBSS mode. If the flag is included in
   2181 *	%NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS request, the driver will allow use of DFS
   2182 *	channels and reports radar events to userspace. Userspace is required
   2183 *	to react to radar events, e.g. initiate a channel switch or leave the
   2184 *	IBSS network.
   2185 *
   2186 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports
   2187 *	5 MHz channel bandwidth.
   2188 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports
   2189 *	10 MHz channel bandwidth.
   2190 *
   2191 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF: Operating mode field from Operating Mode
   2192 *	Notification Element based on association request when used with
   2193 *	%NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION or %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION (only when
   2194 *	%NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE is supported, or with TDLS);
   2195 *	u8 attribute.
   2196 *
   2197 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID: The vendor ID, either a 24-bit OUI or, if
   2198 *	%NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX is set, a special Linux ID (not used yet)
   2199 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD: vendor sub-command
   2200 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA: data for the vendor command, if any; this
   2201 *	attribute is also used for vendor command feature advertisement
   2202 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS: used for event list advertising in the wiphy
   2203 *	info, containing a nested array of possible events
   2204 *
   2205 * @NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP: IP DSCP mapping for Interworking QoS mapping. This
   2206 *	data is in the format defined for the payload of the QoS Map Set element
   2207 *	in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97.
   2208 *
   2209 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT: MAC address recommendation as initial BSS
   2210 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT: frequency of the recommended initial BSS
   2211 *
   2212 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA: Device attribute that indicates how many
   2213 *	associated stations are supported in AP mode (including P2P GO); u32.
   2214 *	Since drivers may not have a fixed limit on the maximum number (e.g.,
   2215 *	other concurrent operations may affect this), drivers are allowed to
   2216 *	advertise values that cannot always be met. In such cases, an attempt
   2217 *	to add a new station entry with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION may fail.
   2218 *
   2219 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX: An array of csa counter offsets (u16) which
   2220 *	should be updated when the frame is transmitted.
   2221 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS: U8 attribute used to advertise the maximum
   2222 *	supported number of csa counters.
   2223 *
   2224 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY: flags for TDLS peer capabilities, u32.
   2225 *	As specified in the &enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability.
   2226 *
   2227 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER: Flag attribute, if set during interface
   2228 *	creation then the new interface will be owned by the netlink socket
   2229 *	that created it and will be destroyed when the socket is closed.
   2230 *	If set during scheduled scan start then the new scan req will be
   2231 *	owned by the netlink socket that created it and the scheduled scan will
   2232 *	be stopped when the socket is closed.
   2233 *	If set during configuration of regulatory indoor operation then the
   2234 *	regulatory indoor configuration would be owned by the netlink socket
   2235 *	that configured the indoor setting, and the indoor operation would be
   2236 *	cleared when the socket is closed.
   2237 *	If set during NAN interface creation, the interface will be destroyed
   2238 *	if the socket is closed just like any other interface. Moreover, NAN
   2239 *	notifications will be sent in unicast to that socket. Without this
   2240 *	attribute, the notifications will be sent to the %NL80211_MCGRP_NAN
   2241 *	multicast group.
   2242 *	If set during %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the
   2243 *	station will deauthenticate when the socket is closed.
   2244 *	If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS the IBSS will be automatically
   2245 *	torn down when the socket is closed.
   2246 *	If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH the mesh setup will be
   2247 *	automatically torn down when the socket is closed.
   2248 *	If set during %NL80211_CMD_START_AP the AP will be automatically
   2249 *	disabled when the socket is closed.
   2250 *
   2251 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR: flag attribute indicating the current end is
   2252 *	the TDLS link initiator.
   2253 *
   2254 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM: flag for indicating whether the current connection
   2255 *	shall support Radio Resource Measurements (11k). This attribute can be
   2256 *	used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests.
   2257 *	User space applications are expected to use this flag only if the
   2258 *	underlying device supports these minimal RRM features:
   2259 *		%NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES,
   2260 *		%NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET,
   2261 *	Or, if global RRM is supported, see:
   2262 *		%NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM
   2263 *	If this flag is used, driver must add the Power Capabilities IE to the
   2264 *	association request. In addition, it must also set the RRM capability
   2265 *	flag in the association request's Capability Info field.
   2266 *
   2267 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK: flag attribute used to enable ACK timeout
   2268 *	estimation algorithm (dynack). In order to activate dynack
   2269 *	%NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION feature flag must be set by lower
   2270 *	drivers to indicate dynack capability. Dynack is automatically disabled
   2271 *	setting valid value for coverage class.
   2272 *
   2273 * @NL80211_ATTR_TSID: a TSID value (u8 attribute)
   2274 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO: user priority value (u8 attribute)
   2275 * @NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME: admitted time in units of 32 microseconds
   2276 *	(per second) (u16 attribute)
   2277 *
   2278 * @NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE: SMPS mode to use (ap mode). see
   2279 *	&enum nl80211_smps_mode.
   2280 *
   2281 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS: operating class
   2282 *
   2283 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK: MAC address mask
   2284 *
   2285 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG: flag attribute indicating this device
   2286 *	is self-managing its regulatory information and any regulatory domain
   2287 *	obtained from it is coming from the device's wiphy and not the global
   2288 *	cfg80211 regdomain.
   2289 *
   2290 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES: extended feature flags contained in a byte
   2291 *	array. The feature flags are identified by their bit index (see &enum
   2292 *	nl80211_ext_feature_index). The bit index is ordered starting at the
   2293 *	least-significant bit of the first byte in the array, ie. bit index 0
   2294 *	is located at bit 0 of byte 0. bit index 25 would be located at bit 1
   2295 *	of byte 3 (u8 array).
   2296 *
   2297 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS: Request overall radio statistics to be
   2298 *	returned along with other survey data. If set, @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY
   2299 *	may return a survey entry without a channel indicating global radio
   2300 *	statistics (only some values are valid and make sense.)
   2301 *	For devices that don't return such an entry even then, the information
   2302 *	should be contained in the result as the sum of the respective counters
   2303 *	over all channels.
   2304 *
   2305 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY: delay before the first cycle of a
   2306 *	scheduled scan is started.  Or the delay before a WoWLAN
   2307 *	net-detect scan is started, counting from the moment the
   2308 *	system is suspended.  This value is a u32, in seconds.
   2309
   2310 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR: flag attribute, if set indicates that the device
   2311 *      is operating in an indoor environment.
   2312 *
   2313 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: maximum number of scan plans for
   2314 *	scheduled scan supported by the device (u32), a wiphy attribute.
   2315 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: maximum interval (in seconds) for
   2316 *	a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute.
   2317 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: maximum number of iterations in
   2318 *	a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute.
   2319 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: a list of scan plans for scheduled scan.
   2320 *	Each scan plan defines the number of scan iterations and the interval
   2321 *	between scans. The last scan plan will always run infinitely,
   2322 *	thus it must not specify the number of iterations, only the interval
   2323 *	between scans. The scan plans are executed sequentially.
   2324 *	Each scan plan is a nested attribute of &enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan.
   2325 * @NL80211_ATTR_PBSS: flag attribute. If set it means operate
   2326 *	in a PBSS. Specified in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to request
   2327 *	connecting to a PCP, and in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP to start
   2328 *	a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG networks only.
   2329 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT: nested attribute for driver supporting the
   2330 *	BSS selection feature. When used with %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY it contains
   2331 *	attributes according &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr to indicate what
   2332 *	BSS selection behaviours are supported. When used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
   2333 *	it contains the behaviour-specific attribute containing the parameters for
   2334 *	BSS selection to be done by driver and/or firmware.
   2335 *
   2336 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS: whether P2P PS mechanism supported
   2337 *	or not. u8, one of the values of &enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status
   2338 *
   2339 * @NL80211_ATTR_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
   2340 *
   2341 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA: Nested attribute of the following attributes:
   2342 *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA,
   2343 *	%NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK, to specify the extended capabilities per
   2344 *	interface type.
   2345 *
   2346 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA: array of 24 bytes that defines a MU-MIMO
   2347 *	groupID for monitor mode.
   2348 *	The first 8 bytes are a mask that defines the membership in each
   2349 *	group (there are 64 groups, group 0 and 63 are reserved),
   2350 *	each bit represents a group and set to 1 for being a member in
   2351 *	that group and 0 for not being a member.
   2352 *	The remaining 16 bytes define the position in each group: 2 bits for
   2353 *	each group.
   2354 *	(smaller group numbers represented on most significant bits and bigger
   2355 *	group numbers on least significant bits.)
   2356 *	This attribute is used only if all interfaces are in monitor mode.
   2357 *	Set this attribute in order to monitor packets using the given MU-MIMO
   2358 *	groupID data.
   2359 *	to turn off that feature set all the bits of the groupID to zero.
   2360 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR: mac address for the sniffer to follow
   2361 *	when using MU-MIMO air sniffer.
   2362 *	to turn that feature off set an invalid mac address
   2363 *	(e.g. FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF)
   2364 *
   2365 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF: The time at which the scan was actually
   2366 *	started (u64). The time is the TSF of the BSS the interface that
   2367 *	requested the scan is connected to (if available, otherwise this
   2368 *	attribute must not be included).
   2369 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID: The BSS according to which
   2370 *	%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF is set.
   2371 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION: measurement duration in TUs (u16). If
   2372 *	%NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY is not set, this is the
   2373 *	maximum measurement duration allowed. This attribute is used with
   2374 *	measurement requests. It can also be used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN
   2375 *	if the scan is used for beacon report radio measurement.
   2376 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY: flag attribute that indicates
   2377 *	that the duration specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION is
   2378 *	mandatory. If this flag is not set, the duration is the maximum duration
   2379 *	and the actual measurement duration may be shorter.
   2380 *
   2381 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID: Association ID for the mesh peer (u16). This is
   2382 *	used to pull the stored data for mesh peer in power save state.
   2383 *
   2384 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF: the master preference to be used by
   2385 *	%NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and optionally with
   2386 *	%NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG. Its type is u8 and it can't be 0.
   2387 *	Also, values 1 and 255 are reserved for certification purposes and
   2388 *	should not be used during a normal device operation.
   2389 * @NL80211_ATTR_BANDS: operating bands configuration.  This is a u32
   2390 *	bitmask of BIT(NL80211_BAND_*) as described in %enum
   2391 *	nl80211_band.  For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0
   2392 *	would be set.  This attribute is used with
   2393 *	%NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG, and
   2394 *	it is optional.  If no bands are set, it means don't-care and
   2395 *	the device will decide what to use.
   2396 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC: a function that can be added to NAN. See
   2397 *	&enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes for description of this nested
   2398 *	attribute.
   2399 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH: used to report a match. This is a nested attribute.
   2400 *	See &enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes.
   2401 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK: KEK for FILS (Re)Association Request/Response frame
   2402 *	protection.
   2403 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES: Nonces (part of AAD) for FILS (Re)Association
   2404 *	Request/Response frame protection. This attribute contains the 16 octet
   2405 *	STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce.
   2406 *
   2407 * @NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED: Indicates whether or not multicast
   2408 *	packets should be send out as unicast to all stations (flag attribute).
   2409 *
   2410 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSSID: The BSSID of the AP. Note that %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is also
   2411 *	used in various commands/events for specifying the BSSID.
   2412 *
   2413 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: Relative RSSI threshold by which
   2414 *	other BSSs has to be better or slightly worse than the current
   2415 *	connected BSS so that they get reported to user space.
   2416 *	This will give an opportunity to userspace to consider connecting to
   2417 *	other matching BSSs which have better or slightly worse RSSI than
   2418 *	the current connected BSS by using an offloaded operation to avoid
   2419 *	unnecessary wakeups.
   2420 *
   2421 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for BSSs in
   2422 *	the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
   2423 *	%NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI based comparison to figure out
   2424 *	better BSSs. The attribute value is a packed structure
   2425 *	value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
   2426 *
   2427 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON: The reason for which an operation timed out.
   2428 *	u32 attribute with an &enum nl80211_timeout_reason value. This is used,
   2429 *	e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT event.
   2430 *
   2431 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP)
   2432 *	username part of NAI used to refer keys rRK and rIK. This is used with
   2433 *	%NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
   2434 *
   2435 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP) realm part
   2436 *	of NAI specifying the domain name of the ER server. This is used with
   2437 *	%NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
   2438 *
   2439 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM: Unsigned 16-bit ERP next sequence number
   2440 *	to use in ERP messages. This is used in generating the FILS wrapped data
   2441 *	for FILS authentication and is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
   2442 *
   2443 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) for the
   2444 *	NAI specified by %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME and
   2445 *	%NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM. This is used for generating rIK and rMSK
   2446 *	from successful FILS authentication and is used with
   2447 *	%NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
   2448 *
   2449 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID: A 2-octet identifier advertized by a FILS AP
   2450 *	identifying the scope of PMKSAs. This is used with
   2451 *	@NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA.
   2452 *
   2453 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK: attribute for passing PMK key material. Used with
   2454 *	%NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA for the PMKSA identified by %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID.
   2455 *	For %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP it is used to provide
   2456 *	PSK for offloading 4-way handshake for WPA/WPA2-PSK networks. For 802.1X
   2457 *	authentication it is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT
   2458 *	support this attribute specifies the PMK-R0 if NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME
   2459 *	is included as well.
   2460 *
   2461 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI: flag attribute which user-space shall use to
   2462 *	indicate that it supports multiple active scheduled scan requests.
   2463 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS: indicates maximum number of scheduled
   2464 *	scan request that may be active for the device (u32).
   2465 *
   2466 * @NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS: flag attribute which user-space can include
   2467 *	in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to indicate that for 802.1X authentication it
   2468 *	wants to use the supported offload of the 4-way handshake.
   2469 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME: PMK-R0 Name for offloaded FT.
   2470 * @NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED: (reserved)
   2471 *
   2472 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION: Identify the requested external
   2473 *     authentication operation (u32 attribute with an
   2474 *     &enum nl80211_external_auth_action value). This is used with the
   2475 *     %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH request event.
   2476 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: Flag attribute indicating that the user
   2477 *	space supports external authentication. This attribute shall be used
   2478 *	with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP request. The driver
   2479 *	may offload authentication processing to user space if this capability
   2480 *	is indicated in the respective requests from the user space. (This flag
   2481 *	attribute deprecated for %NL80211_CMD_START_AP, use
   2482 *	%NL80211_ATTR_AP_SETTINGS_FLAGS)
   2483 *
   2484 * @NL80211_ATTR_NSS: Station's New/updated  RX_NSS value notified using this
   2485 *	u8 attribute. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED.
   2486 *
   2487 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS: TXQ statistics (nested attribute, see &enum
   2488 *      nl80211_txq_stats)
   2489 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT: Total packet limit for the TXQ queues for this phy.
   2490 *      The smaller of this and the memory limit is enforced.
   2491 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: Total memory limit (in bytes) for the
   2492 *      TXQ queues for this phy. The smaller of this and the packet limit is
   2493 *      enforced.
   2494 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum (bytes). Number of bytes
   2495 *      a flow is assigned on each round of the DRR scheduler.
   2496 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY: HE Capability information element (from
   2497 *	association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). Can be set
   2498 *	only if %NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME is set.
   2499 *
   2500 * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER: nested attribute which user-space can include
   2501 *	in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP or %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON for fine timing
   2502 *	measurement (FTM) responder functionality and containing parameters as
   2503 *	possible, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attr
   2504 *
   2505 * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Nested attribute with FTM responder
   2506 *	statistics, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats.
   2507 *
   2508 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT: Timeout for the given operation in milliseconds (u32),
   2509 *	if the attribute is not given no timeout is requested. Note that 0 is an
   2510 *	invalid value.
   2511 *
   2512 * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS: peer measurements request (and result)
   2513 *	data, uses nested attributes specified in
   2514 *	&enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs.
   2515 *	This is also used for capability advertisement in the wiphy information,
   2516 *	with the appropriate sub-attributes.
   2517 *
   2518 * @NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: Station's weight when scheduled by the airtime
   2519 *	scheduler.
   2520 *
   2521 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type (u8) for
   2522 *	station associated with the AP. See &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for
   2523 *	possible values.
   2524 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER: Transmit power level (s16) in dBm units. This
   2525 *	allows to set Tx power for a station. If this attribute is not included,
   2526 *	the default per-interface tx power setting will be overriding. Driver
   2527 *	should be picking up the lowest tx power, either tx power per-interface
   2528 *	or per-station.
   2529 *
   2530 * @NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD: attribute for passing SAE password material. It
   2531 *	is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to provide password for offloading
   2532 *	SAE authentication for WPA3-Personal networks.
   2533 *
   2534 * @NL80211_ATTR_TWT_RESPONDER: Enable target wait time responder support.
   2535 *
   2536 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_OBSS_PD: nested attribute for OBSS Packet Detection
   2537 *	functionality.
   2538 *
   2539 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_CHANNELS: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz
   2540 *	channel(s) that are allowed to be used for EDMG transmissions.
   2541 *	Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251. (u8 attribute)
   2542 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_BW_CONFIG: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes
   2543 *	the allowed channel bandwidth configurations. (u8 attribute)
   2544 *	Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251, Table 13.
   2545 *
   2546 * @NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID: VLAN ID (1..4094) for the station and VLAN group key
   2547 *	(u16).
   2548 *
   2549 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_BSS_COLOR: nested attribute for BSS Color Settings.
   2550 *
   2551 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_AKM_SUITES: nested array attribute, with each entry
   2552 *	using attributes from &enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes. This
   2553 *	attribute is sent in a response to %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY indicating
   2554 *	supported AKM suites capability per interface. AKMs advertised in
   2555 *	%NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES are default capabilities if AKM suites not
   2556 *	advertised for a specific interface type.
   2557 *
   2558 * @NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG: TID specific configuration in a
   2559 *	nested attribute with &enum nl80211_tid_config_attr sub-attributes;
   2560 *	on output (in wiphy attributes) it contains only the feature sub-
   2561 *	attributes.
   2562 *
   2563 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH: disable preauth frame rx on control
   2564 *	port in order to forward/receive them as ordinary data frames.
   2565 *
   2566 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME: Maximum lifetime for PMKSA in seconds (u32,
   2567 *	dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold; 0 is not a valid value).
   2568 *	An optional parameter configured through %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA.
   2569 *	Drivers that trigger roaming need to know the lifetime of the
   2570 *	configured PMKSA for triggering the full vs. PMKSA caching based
   2571 *	authentication. This timeout helps authentication methods like SAE,
   2572 *	where PMK gets updated only by going through a full (new SAE)
   2573 *	authentication instead of getting updated during an association for EAP
   2574 *	authentication. No new full authentication within the PMK expiry shall
   2575 *	result in a disassociation at the end of the lifetime.
   2576 *
   2577 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK_REAUTH_THRESHOLD: Reauthentication threshold time, in
   2578 *	terms of percentage of %NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME
   2579 *	(u8, dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold, 1..100). This is an optional
   2580 *	parameter configured through %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA. Requests the
   2581 *	driver to trigger a full authentication roam (without PMKSA caching)
   2582 *	after the reauthentication threshold time, but before the PMK lifetime
   2583 *	has expired.
   2584 *
   2585 *	Authentication methods like SAE need to be able to generate a new PMKSA
   2586 *	entry without having to force a disconnection after the PMK timeout. If
   2587 *	no roaming occurs between the reauth threshold and PMK expiration,
   2588 *	disassociation is still forced.
   2589 * @NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST: multicast flag for the
   2590 *	%NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command, see the description there.
   2591 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET: offset of the associated
   2592 *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ in positive KHz. Only valid when supplied with
   2593 *	an %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET.
   2594 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1_OFFSET: Center frequency offset in KHz for the
   2595 *	first channel segment specified in %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1.
   2596 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ: nested attribute with KHz frequencies
   2597 *
   2598 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPABILITY: HE 6 GHz Band Capability element (from
   2599 *	association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION).
   2600 *
   2601 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_DISCOVERY: Optional parameter to configure FILS
   2602 *	discovery. It is a nested attribute, see
   2603 *	&enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes.
   2604 *
   2605 * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Optional parameter to configure
   2606 *	unsolicited broadcast probe response. It is a nested attribute, see
   2607 *	&enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes.
   2608 *
   2609 * @NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY: S1G Capability information element (from
   2610 *	association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
   2611 * @NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY_MASK: S1G Capability Information element
   2612 *	override mask. Used with NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY in
   2613 *	NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
   2614 *
   2615 * @NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PWE: Indicates the mechanism(s) allowed for SAE PWE
   2616 *	derivation in WPA3-Personal networks which are using SAE authentication.
   2617 *	This is a u8 attribute that encapsulates one of the values from
   2618 *	&enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism.
   2619 *
   2620 * @NL80211_ATTR_SAR_SPEC: SAR power limitation specification when
   2621 *	used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS. The message contains fields
   2622 *	of %nl80211_sar_attrs which specifies the sar type and related
   2623 *	sar specs. Sar specs contains array of %nl80211_sar_specs_attrs.
   2624 *
   2625 * @NL80211_ATTR_RECONNECT_REQUESTED: flag attribute, used with deauth and
   2626 *	disassoc events to indicate that an immediate reconnect to the AP
   2627 *	is desired.
   2628 *
   2629 * @NL80211_ATTR_OBSS_COLOR_BITMAP: bitmap of the u64 BSS colors for the
   2630 *	%NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION event.
   2631 *
   2632 * @NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COUNT: u8 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's
   2633 *	until the color switch event.
   2634 * @NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COLOR: u8 attribute specifying the color that we are
   2635 *	switching to
   2636 * @NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_ELEMS: Nested set of attributes containing the IE
   2637 *	information for the time while performing a color switch.
   2638 *
   2639 * @NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_CONFIG: Nested attribute for multiple BSSID
   2640 *	advertisements (MBSSID) parameters in AP mode.
   2641 *	Kernel uses this attribute to indicate the driver's support for MBSSID
   2642 *	and enhanced multi-BSSID advertisements (EMA AP) to the userspace.
   2643 *	Userspace should use this attribute to configure per interface MBSSID
   2644 *	parameters.
   2645 *	See &enum nl80211_mbssid_config_attributes for details.
   2646 *
   2647 * @NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS: Nested parameter to pass multiple BSSID elements.
   2648 *	Mandatory parameter for the transmitting interface to enable MBSSID.
   2649 *	Optional for the non-transmitting interfaces.
   2650 *
   2651 * @NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_BACKGROUND: Configure dedicated offchannel chain
   2652 *	available for radar/CAC detection on some hw. This chain can't be used
   2653 *	to transmit or receive frames and it is bounded to a running wdev.
   2654 *	Background radar/CAC detection allows to avoid the CAC downtime
   2655 *	switching on a different channel during CAC detection on the selected
   2656 *	radar channel.
   2657 *
   2658 * @NL80211_ATTR_AP_SETTINGS_FLAGS: u32 attribute contains ap settings flags,
   2659 *	enumerated in &enum nl80211_ap_settings_flags. This attribute shall be
   2660 *	used with %NL80211_CMD_START_AP request.
   2661 *
   2662 * @NL80211_ATTR_EHT_CAPABILITY: EHT Capability information element (from
   2663 *	association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). Can be set
   2664 *	only if %NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME is set.
   2665 *
   2666 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR: total number of nl80211_attrs available
   2667 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined
   2668 * @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
   2669 */
   2670enum nl80211_attrs {
   2671/* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */
   2672	NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC,
   2673
   2674	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY,
   2675	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME,
   2676
   2677	NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX,
   2678	NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME,
   2679	NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE,
   2680
   2681	NL80211_ATTR_MAC,
   2682
   2683	NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA,
   2684	NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX,
   2685	NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER,
   2686	NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ,
   2687	NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT,
   2688
   2689	NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL,
   2690	NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD,
   2691	NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD,
   2692	NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL,
   2693
   2694	NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID,
   2695	NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS,
   2696	NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL,
   2697	NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES,
   2698	NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN,
   2699	NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO,
   2700
   2701	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS,
   2702
   2703	NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS,
   2704
   2705	NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID,
   2706	NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION,
   2707	NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP,
   2708	NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO,
   2709
   2710	NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT,
   2711	NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
   2712	NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME,
   2713
   2714	NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY,
   2715
   2716	NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES,
   2717
   2718	NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2,
   2719	NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES,
   2720
   2721	NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG,
   2722
   2723	NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES,
   2724
   2725	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS,
   2726	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ,
   2727	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE,
   2728
   2729	NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT,
   2730
   2731	NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE,
   2732	NL80211_ATTR_IE,
   2733
   2734	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS,
   2735
   2736	NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES,
   2737	NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS,
   2738	NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION, /* replaces old SCAN_GENERATION */
   2739	NL80211_ATTR_BSS,
   2740
   2741	NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR,
   2742	NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE,
   2743
   2744	NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS,
   2745
   2746	NL80211_ATTR_FRAME,
   2747	NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
   2748	NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE,
   2749	NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE,
   2750
   2751	NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE,
   2752
   2753	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN,
   2754	NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES,
   2755
   2756	NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE,
   2757	NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER,
   2758
   2759	NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED,
   2760
   2761
   2762	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT,
   2763	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG,
   2764	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD,
   2765	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD,
   2766
   2767	NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT,
   2768
   2769	NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP,
   2770
   2771	NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2,
   2772
   2773	NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT,
   2774
   2775	NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA,
   2776
   2777	NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY,
   2778
   2779	NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP,
   2780	NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE,
   2781
   2782	NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE,
   2783	NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP,
   2784	NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS,
   2785	NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES,
   2786
   2787	NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE,
   2788	NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE,
   2789
   2790	NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID,
   2791
   2792	NL80211_ATTR_KEY,
   2793	NL80211_ATTR_KEYS,
   2794
   2795	NL80211_ATTR_PID,
   2796
   2797	NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR,
   2798
   2799	NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO,
   2800
   2801	NL80211_ATTR_PMKID,
   2802	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS,
   2803
   2804	NL80211_ATTR_DURATION,
   2805
   2806	NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE,
   2807
   2808	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS,
   2809
   2810	NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES,
   2811
   2812	NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH,
   2813
   2814	NL80211_ATTR_ACK,
   2815
   2816	NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE,
   2817
   2818	NL80211_ATTR_CQM,
   2819
   2820	NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE,
   2821
   2822	NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE,
   2823
   2824	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING,
   2825	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL,
   2826
   2827	NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES,
   2828	NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES,
   2829	NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE,
   2830
   2831	NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
   2832	NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT,
   2833
   2834	NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN,
   2835
   2836	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX,
   2837	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX,
   2838
   2839	NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE,
   2840
   2841	NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK,
   2842
   2843	NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE,
   2844
   2845	NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES,
   2846
   2847	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION,
   2848
   2849	NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP,
   2850
   2851	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX,
   2852	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX,
   2853
   2854	NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH,
   2855	NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE,
   2856
   2857	NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS,
   2858	NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED,
   2859
   2860	NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL,
   2861
   2862	NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS,
   2863	NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES,
   2864
   2865	NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA,
   2866
   2867	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS,
   2868	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN,
   2869
   2870	NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES,
   2871
   2872	NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID,
   2873
   2874	NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP,
   2875	NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP,
   2876
   2877	NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME,
   2878	NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD,
   2879
   2880	NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT,
   2881
   2882	NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH,
   2883	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS,
   2884
   2885	NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
   2886
   2887	NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE,
   2888
   2889	NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION,
   2890	NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN,
   2891	NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION,
   2892	NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT,
   2893	NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP,
   2894
   2895	NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME,
   2896
   2897	NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK,
   2898
   2899	NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS,
   2900
   2901	NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD,
   2902
   2903	NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP,
   2904
   2905	NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION,
   2906
   2907	NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT,
   2908	NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK,
   2909
   2910	NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP,
   2911
   2912	NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT,
   2913
   2914	NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM,
   2915
   2916	NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD,
   2917
   2918	NL80211_ATTR_WDEV,
   2919
   2920	NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE,
   2921
   2922	NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON,
   2923
   2924	NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA,
   2925
   2926	NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY,
   2927
   2928	NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS,
   2929
   2930	NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,
   2931	NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1,
   2932	NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2,
   2933
   2934	NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW,
   2935	NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS,
   2936
   2937	NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE,
   2938
   2939	NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY,
   2940
   2941	NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS,
   2942
   2943	NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX,
   2944
   2945	NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT,
   2946
   2947	NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA,
   2948	NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK,
   2949
   2950	NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY,
   2951	NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY,
   2952
   2953	NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES,
   2954	NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP,
   2955
   2956	NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT,
   2957	NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY_MASK,
   2958
   2959	NL80211_ATTR_MDID,
   2960	NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC,
   2961
   2962	NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID,
   2963	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION,
   2964
   2965	NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID,
   2966
   2967	NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE,
   2968
   2969	NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT,
   2970	NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX,
   2971	NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES,
   2972	NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON,
   2973	NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP,
   2974
   2975	NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS,
   2976
   2977	NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS,
   2978
   2979	NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES,
   2980
   2981	NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS,
   2982
   2983	NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ,
   2984	NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ,
   2985
   2986	NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF,
   2987
   2988	NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID,
   2989	NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD,
   2990	NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA,
   2991	NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS,
   2992
   2993	NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP,
   2994
   2995	NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT,
   2996	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT,
   2997
   2998	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA,
   2999
   3000	NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY,
   3001
   3002	NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER,
   3003
   3004	NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX,
   3005	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS,
   3006
   3007	NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR,
   3008
   3009	NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM,
   3010
   3011	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK,
   3012
   3013	NL80211_ATTR_TSID,
   3014	NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO,
   3015	NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME,
   3016
   3017	NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE,
   3018
   3019	NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS,
   3020
   3021	NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK,
   3022
   3023	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG,
   3024
   3025	NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES,
   3026
   3027	NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS,
   3028
   3029	NL80211_ATTR_NETNS_FD,
   3030
   3031	NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY,
   3032
   3033	NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR,
   3034
   3035	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS,
   3036	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL,
   3037	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS,
   3038	NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS,
   3039
   3040	NL80211_ATTR_PBSS,
   3041
   3042	NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT,
   3043
   3044	NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS,
   3045
   3046	NL80211_ATTR_PAD,
   3047
   3048	NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA,
   3049
   3050	NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA,
   3051	NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR,
   3052
   3053	NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF,
   3054	NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID,
   3055	NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION,
   3056	NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY,
   3057
   3058	NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID,
   3059
   3060	NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF,
   3061	NL80211_ATTR_BANDS,
   3062	NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC,
   3063	NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH,
   3064
   3065	NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK,
   3066	NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES,
   3067
   3068	NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED,
   3069
   3070	NL80211_ATTR_BSSID,
   3071
   3072	NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI,
   3073	NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST,
   3074
   3075	NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON,
   3076
   3077	NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME,
   3078	NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM,
   3079	NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM,
   3080	NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK,
   3081	NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID,
   3082
   3083	NL80211_ATTR_PMK,
   3084
   3085	NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI,
   3086	NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS,
   3087
   3088	NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS,
   3089	NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME,
   3090	NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED,
   3091
   3092	NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION,
   3093	NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT,
   3094
   3095	NL80211_ATTR_NSS,
   3096	NL80211_ATTR_ACK_SIGNAL,
   3097
   3098	NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211,
   3099
   3100	NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS,
   3101	NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT,
   3102	NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT,
   3103	NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM,
   3104
   3105	NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY,
   3106
   3107	NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER,
   3108
   3109	NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS,
   3110
   3111	NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT,
   3112
   3113	NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS,
   3114
   3115	NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT,
   3116	NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER_SETTING,
   3117	NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER,
   3118
   3119	NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD,
   3120
   3121	NL80211_ATTR_TWT_RESPONDER,
   3122
   3123	NL80211_ATTR_HE_OBSS_PD,
   3124
   3125	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_CHANNELS,
   3126	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_BW_CONFIG,
   3127
   3128	NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID,
   3129
   3130	NL80211_ATTR_HE_BSS_COLOR,
   3131
   3132	NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_AKM_SUITES,
   3133
   3134	NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG,
   3135
   3136	NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH,
   3137
   3138	NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME,
   3139	NL80211_ATTR_PMK_REAUTH_THRESHOLD,
   3140
   3141	NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST,
   3142	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET,
   3143	NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1_OFFSET,
   3144	NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ,
   3145
   3146	NL80211_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPABILITY,
   3147
   3148	NL80211_ATTR_FILS_DISCOVERY,
   3149
   3150	NL80211_ATTR_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP,
   3151
   3152	NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY,
   3153	NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY_MASK,
   3154
   3155	NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PWE,
   3156
   3157	NL80211_ATTR_RECONNECT_REQUESTED,
   3158
   3159	NL80211_ATTR_SAR_SPEC,
   3160
   3161	NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HE,
   3162
   3163	NL80211_ATTR_OBSS_COLOR_BITMAP,
   3164
   3165	NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COUNT,
   3166	NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COLOR,
   3167	NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_ELEMS,
   3168
   3169	NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_CONFIG,
   3170	NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS,
   3171
   3172	NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_BACKGROUND,
   3173
   3174	NL80211_ATTR_AP_SETTINGS_FLAGS,
   3175
   3176	NL80211_ATTR_EHT_CAPABILITY,
   3177
   3178	NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_EHT,
   3179
   3180	/* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */
   3181
   3182	__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
   3183	NUM_NL80211_ATTR = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
   3184	NL80211_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
   3185};
   3186
   3187/* source-level API compatibility */
   3188#define NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_GENERATION NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION
   3189#define	NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG
   3190#define NL80211_ATTR_IFACE_SOCKET_OWNER NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER
   3191#define NL80211_ATTR_SAE_DATA NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA
   3192#define NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON
   3193#define NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP
   3194
   3195/*
   3196 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new attributes by defining them
   3197 * here
   3198 */
   3199#define NL80211_CMD_CONNECT NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
   3200#define NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY
   3201#define NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES
   3202#define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS
   3203#define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
   3204#define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE
   3205#define NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE
   3206#define NL80211_ATTR_IE NL80211_ATTR_IE
   3207#define NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR
   3208#define NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE
   3209#define NL80211_ATTR_FRAME NL80211_ATTR_FRAME
   3210#define NL80211_ATTR_SSID NL80211_ATTR_SSID
   3211#define NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE
   3212#define NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE
   3213#define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE
   3214#define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP
   3215#define NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS
   3216#define NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES
   3217#define NL80211_ATTR_KEY NL80211_ATTR_KEY
   3218#define NL80211_ATTR_KEYS NL80211_ATTR_KEYS
   3219#define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS
   3220
   3221#define NL80211_WIPHY_NAME_MAXLEN		64
   3222
   3223#define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES			32
   3224#define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_HT_RATES		77
   3225#define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_REG_RULES		128
   3226#define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_ENCR_KEY	0
   3227#define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_TX_MIC_KEY	16
   3228#define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_RX_MIC_KEY	24
   3229#define NL80211_HT_CAPABILITY_LEN		26
   3230#define NL80211_VHT_CAPABILITY_LEN		12
   3231#define NL80211_HE_MIN_CAPABILITY_LEN           16
   3232#define NL80211_HE_MAX_CAPABILITY_LEN           54
   3233#define NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES		5
   3234#define NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES		2
   3235#define NL80211_EHT_MIN_CAPABILITY_LEN          13
   3236#define NL80211_EHT_MAX_CAPABILITY_LEN          51
   3237
   3238#define NL80211_MIN_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_TIME	10
   3239
   3240/* default RSSI threshold for scan results if none specified. */
   3241#define NL80211_SCAN_RSSI_THOLD_OFF		-300
   3242
   3243#define NL80211_CQM_TXE_MAX_INTVL		1800
   3244
   3245/**
   3246 * enum nl80211_iftype - (virtual) interface types
   3247 *
   3248 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified type, driver decides
   3249 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC: independent BSS member
   3250 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION: managed BSS member
   3251 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP: access point
   3252 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN: VLAN interface for access points; VLAN interfaces
   3253 *	are a bit special in that they must always be tied to a pre-existing
   3254 *	AP type interface.
   3255 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS: wireless distribution interface
   3256 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR: monitor interface receiving all frames
   3257 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT: mesh point
   3258 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT: P2P client
   3259 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO: P2P group owner
   3260 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE: P2P device interface type, this is not a netdev
   3261 *	and therefore can't be created in the normal ways, use the
   3262 *	%NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE and %NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE
   3263 *	commands to create and destroy one
   3264 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB: Outside Context of a BSS
   3265 *	This mode corresponds to the MIB variable dot11OCBActivated=true
   3266 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN: NAN device interface type (not a netdev)
   3267 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX: highest interface type number currently defined
   3268 * @NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES: number of defined interface types
   3269 *
   3270 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE
   3271 * to set the type of an interface.
   3272 *
   3273 */
   3274enum nl80211_iftype {
   3275	NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED,
   3276	NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC,
   3277	NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION,
   3278	NL80211_IFTYPE_AP,
   3279	NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN,
   3280	NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS,
   3281	NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR,
   3282	NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT,
   3283	NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT,
   3284	NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO,
   3285	NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE,
   3286	NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB,
   3287	NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN,
   3288
   3289	/* keep last */
   3290	NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES,
   3291	NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES - 1
   3292};
   3293
   3294/**
   3295 * enum nl80211_sta_flags - station flags
   3296 *
   3297 * Station flags. When a station is added to an AP interface, it is
   3298 * assumed to be already associated (and hence authenticated.)
   3299 *
   3300 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
   3301 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED: station is authorized (802.1X)
   3302 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE: station is capable of receiving frames
   3303 *	with short barker preamble
   3304 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME: station is WME/QoS capable
   3305 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP: station uses management frame protection
   3306 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED: station is authenticated
   3307 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER: station is a TDLS peer -- this flag should
   3308 *	only be used in managed mode (even in the flags mask). Note that the
   3309 *	flag can't be changed, it is only valid while adding a station, and
   3310 *	attempts to change it will silently be ignored (rather than rejected
   3311 *	as errors.)
   3312 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED: station is associated; used with drivers
   3313 *	that support %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE to transition a
   3314 *	previously added station into associated state
   3315 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX: highest station flag number currently defined
   3316 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use
   3317 */
   3318enum nl80211_sta_flags {
   3319	__NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID,
   3320	NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED,
   3321	NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
   3322	NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME,
   3323	NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP,
   3324	NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED,
   3325	NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER,
   3326	NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED,
   3327
   3328	/* keep last */
   3329	__NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST,
   3330	NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1
   3331};
   3332
   3333/**
   3334 * enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status - station support of P2P PS
   3335 *
   3336 * @NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED: station doesn't support P2P PS mechanism
   3337 * @@NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED: station supports P2P PS mechanism
   3338 * @NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS: number of values
   3339 */
   3340enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status {
   3341	NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED = 0,
   3342	NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED,
   3343
   3344	NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS,
   3345};
   3346
   3347#define NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX_OLD_API	NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER
   3348
   3349/**
   3350 * struct nl80211_sta_flag_update - station flags mask/set
   3351 * @mask: mask of station flags to set
   3352 * @set: which values to set them to
   3353 *
   3354 * Both mask and set contain bits as per &enum nl80211_sta_flags.
   3355 */
   3356struct nl80211_sta_flag_update {
   3357	__u32 mask;
   3358	__u32 set;
   3359} __attribute__((packed));
   3360
   3361/**
   3362 * enum nl80211_he_gi - HE guard interval
   3363 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8: 0.8 usec
   3364 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6: 1.6 usec
   3365 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2: 3.2 usec
   3366 */
   3367enum nl80211_he_gi {
   3368	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8,
   3369	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6,
   3370	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2,
   3371};
   3372
   3373/**
   3374 * enum nl80211_he_ltf - HE long training field
   3375 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_1xLTF: 3.2 usec
   3376 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_2xLTF: 6.4 usec
   3377 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_4xLTF: 12.8 usec
   3378 */
   3379enum nl80211_he_ltf {
   3380	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_1XLTF,
   3381	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_2XLTF,
   3382	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_4XLTF,
   3383};
   3384
   3385/**
   3386 * enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc - HE RU allocation values
   3387 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26: 26-tone RU allocation
   3388 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52: 52-tone RU allocation
   3389 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106: 106-tone RU allocation
   3390 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242: 242-tone RU allocation
   3391 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484: 484-tone RU allocation
   3392 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996: 996-tone RU allocation
   3393 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996: 2x996-tone RU allocation
   3394 */
   3395enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc {
   3396	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26,
   3397	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52,
   3398	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106,
   3399	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242,
   3400	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484,
   3401	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996,
   3402	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996,
   3403};
   3404
   3405/**
   3406 * enum nl80211_eht_gi - EHT guard interval
   3407 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_0_8: 0.8 usec
   3408 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_1_6: 1.6 usec
   3409 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_3_2: 3.2 usec
   3410 */
   3411enum nl80211_eht_gi {
   3412	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_0_8,
   3413	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_1_6,
   3414	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_3_2,
   3415};
   3416
   3417/**
   3418 * enum nl80211_eht_ru_alloc - EHT RU allocation values
   3419 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_26: 26-tone RU allocation
   3420 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_52: 52-tone RU allocation
   3421 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_52P26: 52+26-tone RU allocation
   3422 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_106: 106-tone RU allocation
   3423 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_106P26: 106+26 tone RU allocation
   3424 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_242: 242-tone RU allocation
   3425 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_484: 484-tone RU allocation
   3426 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_484P242: 484+242 tone RU allocation
   3427 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996: 996-tone RU allocation
   3428 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996P484: 996+484 tone RU allocation
   3429 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996P484P242: 996+484+242 tone RU allocation
   3430 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_2x996: 2x996-tone RU allocation
   3431 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_2x996P484: 2x996+484 tone RU allocation
   3432 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_3x996: 3x996-tone RU allocation
   3433 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_3x996P484: 3x996+484 tone RU allocation
   3434 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_4x996: 4x996-tone RU allocation
   3435 */
   3436enum nl80211_eht_ru_alloc {
   3437	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_26,
   3438	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_52,
   3439	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_52P26,
   3440	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_106,
   3441	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_106P26,
   3442	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_242,
   3443	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_484,
   3444	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_484P242,
   3445	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996,
   3446	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996P484,
   3447	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996P484P242,
   3448	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_2x996,
   3449	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_2x996P484,
   3450	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_3x996,
   3451	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_3x996P484,
   3452	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_4x996,
   3453};
   3454
   3455/**
   3456 * enum nl80211_rate_info - bitrate information
   3457 *
   3458 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_TXRATE
   3459 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station.
   3460 * There are 2 attributes for bitrate, a legacy one that represents
   3461 * a 16-bit value, and new one that represents a 32-bit value.
   3462 * If the rate value fits into 16 bit, both attributes are reported
   3463 * with the same value. If the rate is too high to fit into 16 bits
   3464 * (>6.5535Gbps) only 32-bit attribute is included.
   3465 * User space tools encouraged to use the 32-bit attribute and fall
   3466 * back to the 16-bit one for compatibility with older kernels.
   3467 *
   3468 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
   3469 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE: total bitrate (u16, 100kbit/s)
   3470 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS: mcs index for 802.11n (u8)
   3471 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH: 40 MHz dualchannel bitrate
   3472 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval
   3473 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32: total bitrate (u32, 100kbit/s)
   3474 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX: highest rate_info number currently defined
   3475 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS: MCS index for VHT (u8)
   3476 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS: number of streams in VHT (u8)
   3477 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH: 80 MHz VHT rate
   3478 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH: unused - 80+80 is treated the
   3479 *	same as 160 for purposes of the bitrates
   3480 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH: 160 MHz VHT rate
   3481 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH: 10 MHz width - note that this is
   3482 *	a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e.
   3483 *	half the base (20 MHz) rate
   3484 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH: 5 MHz width - note that this is
   3485 *	a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e.
   3486 *	a quarter of the base (20 MHz) rate
   3487 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS: HE MCS index (u8, 0-11)
   3488 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS: HE NSS value (u8, 1-8)
   3489 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI: HE guard interval identifier
   3490 *	(u8, see &enum nl80211_he_gi)
   3491 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM: HE DCM value (u8, 0/1)
   3492 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_RU_ALLOC: HE RU allocation, if not present then
   3493 *	non-OFDMA was used (u8, see &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc)
   3494 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_320_MHZ_WIDTH: 320 MHz bitrate
   3495 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_MCS: EHT MCS index (u8, 0-15)
   3496 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_NSS: EHT NSS value (u8, 1-8)
   3497 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI: EHT guard interval identifier
   3498 *	(u8, see &enum nl80211_eht_gi)
   3499 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC: EHT RU allocation, if not present then
   3500 *	non-OFDMA was used (u8, see &enum nl80211_eht_ru_alloc)
   3501 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
   3502 */
   3503enum nl80211_rate_info {
   3504	__NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID,
   3505	NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE,
   3506	NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS,
   3507	NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH,
   3508	NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI,
   3509	NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32,
   3510	NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS,
   3511	NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS,
   3512	NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH,
   3513	NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH,
   3514	NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH,
   3515	NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH,
   3516	NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH,
   3517	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS,
   3518	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS,
   3519	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI,
   3520	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM,
   3521	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC,
   3522	NL80211_RATE_INFO_320_MHZ_WIDTH,
   3523	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_MCS,
   3524	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_NSS,
   3525	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI,
   3526	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC,
   3527
   3528	/* keep last */
   3529	__NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
   3530	NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
   3531};
   3532
   3533/**
   3534 * enum nl80211_sta_bss_param - BSS information collected by STA
   3535 *
   3536 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM
   3537 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station.
   3538 *
   3539 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
   3540 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (flag)
   3541 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE:  whether short preamble is enabled
   3542 *	(flag)
   3543 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME:  whether short slot time is enabled
   3544 *	(flag)
   3545 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing (u8)
   3546 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL: Beacon interval (u16)
   3547 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX: highest sta_bss_param number currently defined
   3548 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST: internal use
   3549 */
   3550enum nl80211_sta_bss_param {
   3551	__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID,
   3552	NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT,
   3553	NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
   3554	NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME,
   3555	NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD,
   3556	NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL,
   3557
   3558	/* keep last */
   3559	__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST,
   3560	NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX = __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST - 1
   3561};
   3562
   3563/**
   3564 * enum nl80211_sta_info - station information
   3565 *
   3566 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO
   3567 * when getting information about a station.
   3568 *
   3569 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
   3570 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME: time since last activity (u32, msecs)
   3571 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES: total received bytes (MPDU length)
   3572 *	(u32, from this station)
   3573 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length)
   3574 *	(u32, to this station)
   3575 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64: total received bytes (MPDU length)
   3576 *	(u64, from this station)
   3577 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length)
   3578 *	(u64, to this station)
   3579 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL: signal strength of last received PPDU (u8, dBm)
   3580 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE: current unicast tx rate, nested attribute
   3581 * 	containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_rate_info
   3582 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS: total received packet (MSDUs and MMPDUs)
   3583 *	(u32, from this station)
   3584 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS: total transmitted packets (MSDUs and MMPDUs)
   3585 *	(u32, to this station)
   3586 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES: total retries (MPDUs) (u32, to this station)
   3587 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED: total failed packets (MPDUs)
   3588 *	(u32, to this station)
   3589 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average (u8, dBm)
   3590 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID: the station's mesh LLID
   3591 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID: the station's mesh PLID
   3592 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE: peer link state for the station
   3593 *	(see %enum nl80211_plink_state)
   3594 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE: last unicast data frame rx rate, nested
   3595 *	attribute, like NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE.
   3596 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM: current station's view of BSS, nested attribute
   3597 *     containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_bss_param
   3598 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME: time since the station is last connected
   3599 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS: Contains a struct nl80211_sta_flag_update.
   3600 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS: count of times beacon loss was detected (u32)
   3601 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET: timing offset with respect to this STA (s64)
   3602 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM: local mesh STA link-specific power mode
   3603 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM: peer mesh STA link-specific power mode
   3604 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM: neighbor mesh STA power save mode towards
   3605 *	non-peer STA
   3606 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last PPDU
   3607 *	Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm)
   3608 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG: per-chain signal strength average
   3609 *	Same format as NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL.
   3610 * @NL80211_STA_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT: expected throughput considering also the
   3611 *	802.11 header (u32, kbps)
   3612 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC: RX packets dropped for unspecified reasons
   3613 *	(u64)
   3614 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX: number of beacons received from this peer (u64)
   3615 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average
   3616 *	for beacons only (u8, dBm)
   3617 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS: per-TID statistics (see &enum nl80211_tid_stats)
   3618 *	This is a nested attribute where each the inner attribute number is the
   3619 *	TID+1 and the special TID 16 (i.e. value 17) is used for non-QoS frames;
   3620 *	each one of those is again nested with &enum nl80211_tid_stats
   3621 *	attributes carrying the actual values.
   3622 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames
   3623 *	received from the station (u64, usec)
   3624 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
   3625 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL: signal strength of the last ACK frame(u8, dBm)
   3626 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG: avg signal strength of ACK frames (s8, dBm)
   3627 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS: total number of received packets (MPDUs)
   3628 *	(u32, from this station)
   3629 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT: total number of packets (MPDUs) received
   3630 *	with an FCS error (u32, from this station). This count may not include
   3631 *	some packets with an FCS error due to TA corruption. Hence this counter
   3632 *	might not be fully accurate.
   3633 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: set to true if STA has a path to a
   3634 *	mesh gate (u8, 0 or 1)
   3635 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames
   3636 *	sent to the station (u64, usec)
   3637 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: current airtime weight for station (u16)
   3638 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC: airtime link metric for mesh station
   3639 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ASSOC_AT_BOOTTIME: Timestamp (CLOCK_BOOTTIME, nanoseconds)
   3640 *	of STA's association
   3641 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_AS: set to true if STA has a path to a
   3642 *	authentication server (u8, 0 or 1)
   3643 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal
   3644 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX: highest possible station info attribute
   3645 */
   3646enum nl80211_sta_info {
   3647	__NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID,
   3648	NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME,
   3649	NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES,
   3650	NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES,
   3651	NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID,
   3652	NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID,
   3653	NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE,
   3654	NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL,
   3655	NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE,
   3656	NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS,
   3657	NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS,
   3658	NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES,
   3659	NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED,
   3660	NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG,
   3661	NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE,
   3662	NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM,
   3663	NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME,
   3664	NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS,
   3665	NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS,
   3666	NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET,
   3667	NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM,
   3668	NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM,
   3669	NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM,
   3670	NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64,
   3671	NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64,
   3672	NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL,
   3673	NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG,
   3674	NL80211_STA_INFO_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT,
   3675	NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC,
   3676	NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX,
   3677	NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG,
   3678	NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS,
   3679	NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION,
   3680	NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD,
   3681	NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL,
   3682	NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG,
   3683	NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS,
   3684	NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT,
   3685	NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE,
   3686	NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION,
   3687	NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT,
   3688	NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC,
   3689	NL80211_STA_INFO_ASSOC_AT_BOOTTIME,
   3690	NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_AS,
   3691
   3692	/* keep last */
   3693	__NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
   3694	NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
   3695};
   3696
   3697/* we renamed this - stay compatible */
   3698#define NL80211_STA_INFO_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG
   3699
   3700
   3701/**
   3702 * enum nl80211_tid_stats - per TID statistics attributes
   3703 * @__NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
   3704 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU: number of MSDUs received (u64)
   3705 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU: number of MSDUs transmitted (or
   3706 *	attempted to transmit; u64)
   3707 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES: number of retries for
   3708 *	transmitted MSDUs (not counting the first attempt; u64)
   3709 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED: number of failed transmitted
   3710 *	MSDUs (u64)
   3711 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
   3712 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS: TXQ stats (nested attribute)
   3713 * @NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS: number of attributes here
   3714 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here
   3715 */
   3716enum nl80211_tid_stats {
   3717	__NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID,
   3718	NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU,
   3719	NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU,
   3720	NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES,
   3721	NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED,
   3722	NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD,
   3723	NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS,
   3724
   3725	/* keep last */
   3726	NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS,
   3727	NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS - 1
   3728};
   3729
   3730/**
   3731 * enum nl80211_txq_stats - per TXQ statistics attributes
   3732 * @__NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
   3733 * @NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS: number of attributes here
   3734 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES: number of bytes currently backlogged
   3735 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS: number of packets currently
   3736 *      backlogged
   3737 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS: total number of new flows seen
   3738 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS: total number of packet drops
   3739 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS: total number of packet ECN marks
   3740 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT: number of drops due to queue space overflow
   3741 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY: number of drops due to memory limit overflow
   3742 *      (only for per-phy stats)
   3743 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS: number of hash collisions
   3744 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES: total number of bytes dequeued from TXQ
   3745 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS: total number of packets dequeued from TXQ
   3746 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS: number of flow buckets for PHY
   3747 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here
   3748 */
   3749enum nl80211_txq_stats {
   3750	__NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID,
   3751	NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES,
   3752	NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS,
   3753	NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS,
   3754	NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS,
   3755	NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS,
   3756	NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT,
   3757	NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY,
   3758	NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS,
   3759	NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES,
   3760	NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS,
   3761	NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS,
   3762
   3763	/* keep last */
   3764	NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS,
   3765	NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS - 1
   3766};
   3767
   3768/**
   3769 * enum nl80211_mpath_flags - nl80211 mesh path flags
   3770 *
   3771 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE: the mesh path is active
   3772 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING: the mesh path discovery process is running
   3773 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID: the mesh path contains a valid SN
   3774 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED: the mesh path has been manually set
   3775 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED: the mesh path discovery process succeeded
   3776 */
   3777enum nl80211_mpath_flags {
   3778	NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE =	1<<0,
   3779	NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING =	1<<1,
   3780	NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID =	1<<2,
   3781	NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED =	1<<3,
   3782	NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED =	1<<4,
   3783};
   3784
   3785/**
   3786 * enum nl80211_mpath_info - mesh path information
   3787 *
   3788 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO when getting
   3789 * information about a mesh path.
   3790 *
   3791 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
   3792 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: number of queued frames for this destination
   3793 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN: destination sequence number
   3794 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC: metric (cost) of this mesh path
   3795 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: expiration time for the path, in msec from now
   3796 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: mesh path flags, enumerated in
   3797 * 	&enum nl80211_mpath_flags;
   3798 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: total path discovery timeout, in msec
   3799 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: mesh path discovery retries
   3800 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT: hop count to destination
   3801 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE: total number of path changes to destination
   3802 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX: highest mesh path information attribute number
   3803 *	currently defined
   3804 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
   3805 */
   3806enum nl80211_mpath_info {
   3807	__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID,
   3808	NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN,
   3809	NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN,
   3810	NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC,
   3811	NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME,
   3812	NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS,
   3813	NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT,
   3814	NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES,
   3815	NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT,
   3816	NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE,
   3817
   3818	/* keep last */
   3819	__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
   3820	NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
   3821};
   3822
   3823/**
   3824 * enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr - Interface type data attributes
   3825 *
   3826 * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
   3827 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing a flag attribute
   3828 *     for each interface type that supports the band data
   3829 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC: HE MAC capabilities as in HE
   3830 *     capabilities IE
   3831 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY: HE PHY capabilities as in HE
   3832 *     capabilities IE
   3833 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET: HE supported NSS/MCS as in HE
   3834 *     capabilities IE
   3835 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE: HE PPE thresholds information as
   3836 *     defined in HE capabilities IE
   3837 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPA: HE 6GHz band capabilities (__le16),
   3838 *	given for all 6 GHz band channels
   3839 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_VENDOR_ELEMS: vendor element capabilities that are
   3840 *	advertised on this band/for this iftype (binary)
   3841 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_MAC: EHT MAC capabilities as in EHT
   3842 *	capabilities element
   3843 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_PHY: EHT PHY capabilities as in EHT
   3844 *	capabilities element
   3845 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_MCS_SET: EHT supported NSS/MCS as in EHT
   3846 *	capabilities element
   3847 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_PPE: EHT PPE thresholds information as
   3848 *	defined in EHT capabilities element
   3849 * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
   3850 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX: highest band attribute currently defined
   3851 */
   3852enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr {
   3853	__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID,
   3854
   3855	NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES,
   3856	NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC,
   3857	NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY,
   3858	NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET,
   3859	NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE,
   3860	NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPA,
   3861	NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_VENDOR_ELEMS,
   3862	NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_MAC,
   3863	NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_PHY,
   3864	NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_MCS_SET,
   3865	NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_PPE,
   3866
   3867	/* keep last */
   3868	__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
   3869	NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
   3870};
   3871
   3872/**
   3873 * enum nl80211_band_attr - band attributes
   3874 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
   3875 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS: supported frequencies in this band,
   3876 *	an array of nested frequency attributes
   3877 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES: supported bitrates in this band,
   3878 *	an array of nested bitrate attributes
   3879 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET: 16-byte attribute containing the MCS set as
   3880 *	defined in 802.11n
   3881 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA: HT capabilities, as in the HT information IE
   3882 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR: A-MPDU factor, as in 11n
   3883 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY: A-MPDU density, as in 11n
   3884 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET: 32-byte attribute containing the MCS set as
   3885 *	defined in 802.11ac
   3886 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA: VHT capabilities, as in the HT information IE
   3887 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA: nested array attribute, with each entry using
   3888 *	attributes from &enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr
   3889 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_CHANNELS: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz
   3890 *	channel(s) that are allowed to be used for EDMG transmissions.
   3891 *	Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251.
   3892 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_BW_CONFIG: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes
   3893 *	the allowed channel bandwidth configurations.
   3894 *	Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251, Table 13.
   3895 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX: highest band attribute currently defined
   3896 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
   3897 */
   3898enum nl80211_band_attr {
   3899	__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID,
   3900	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS,
   3901	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES,
   3902
   3903	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET,
   3904	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA,
   3905	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR,
   3906	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY,
   3907
   3908	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET,
   3909	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA,
   3910	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA,
   3911
   3912	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_CHANNELS,
   3913	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_BW_CONFIG,
   3914
   3915	/* keep last */
   3916	__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
   3917	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
   3918};
   3919
   3920#define NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA
   3921
   3922/**
   3923 * enum nl80211_wmm_rule - regulatory wmm rule
   3924 *
   3925 * @__NL80211_WMMR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
   3926 * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN: Minimum contention window slot.
   3927 * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX: Maximum contention window slot.
   3928 * @NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN: Arbitration Inter Frame Space.
   3929 * @NL80211_WMMR_TXOP: Maximum allowed tx operation time.
   3930 * @nl80211_WMMR_MAX: highest possible wmm rule.
   3931 * @__NL80211_WMMR_LAST: Internal use.
   3932 */
   3933enum nl80211_wmm_rule {
   3934	__NL80211_WMMR_INVALID,
   3935	NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN,
   3936	NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX,
   3937	NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN,
   3938	NL80211_WMMR_TXOP,
   3939
   3940	/* keep last */
   3941	__NL80211_WMMR_LAST,
   3942	NL80211_WMMR_MAX = __NL80211_WMMR_LAST - 1
   3943};
   3944
   3945/**
   3946 * enum nl80211_frequency_attr - frequency attributes
   3947 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
   3948 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ: Frequency in MHz
   3949 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED: Channel is disabled in current
   3950 *	regulatory domain.
   3951 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation
   3952 * 	are permitted on this channel, this includes sending probe
   3953 * 	requests, or modes of operation that require beaconing.
   3954 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR: Radar detection is mandatory
   3955 *	on this channel in current regulatory domain.
   3956 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER: Maximum transmission power in mBm
   3957 *	(100 * dBm).
   3958 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE: current state for DFS
   3959 *	(enum nl80211_dfs_state)
   3960 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME: time in miliseconds for how long
   3961 *	this channel is in this DFS state.
   3962 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS: HT40- isn't possible with this
   3963 *	channel as the control channel
   3964 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS: HT40+ isn't possible with this
   3965 *	channel as the control channel
   3966 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ: any 80 MHz channel using this channel
   3967 *	as the primary or any of the secondary channels isn't possible,
   3968 *	this includes 80+80 channels
   3969 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ: any 160 MHz (but not 80+80) channel
   3970 *	using this channel as the primary or any of the secondary channels
   3971 *	isn't possible
   3972 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds.
   3973 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY: Only indoor use is permitted on this
   3974 *	channel. A channel that has the INDOOR_ONLY attribute can only be
   3975 *	used when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating in
   3976 *	an indoor surroundings, i.e., it is connected to AC power (and not
   3977 *	through portable DC inverters) or is under the control of a master
   3978 *	that is acting as an AP and is connected to AC power.
   3979 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT: IR operation is allowed on this
   3980 *	channel if it's connected concurrently to a BSS on the same channel on
   3981 *	the 2 GHz band or to a channel in the same UNII band (on the 5 GHz
   3982 *	band), and IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR is not set. Instantiating a GO or TDLS
   3983 *	off-channel on a channel that has the IR_CONCURRENT attribute set can be
   3984 *	done when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating under
   3985 *	the guidance of an authorized master, i.e., setting up a GO or TDLS
   3986 *	off-channel while the device is also connected to an AP with DFS and
   3987 *	radar detection on the UNII band (it is up to user-space, i.e.,
   3988 *	wpa_supplicant to perform the required verifications). Using this
   3989 *	attribute for IR is disallowed for master interfaces (IBSS, AP).
   3990 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz operation is not allowed
   3991 *	on this channel in current regulatory domain.
   3992 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz operation is not allowed
   3993 *	on this channel in current regulatory domain.
   3994 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM: this channel has wmm limitations.
   3995 *	This is a nested attribute that contains the wmm limitation per AC.
   3996 *	(see &enum nl80211_wmm_rule)
   3997 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HE: HE operation is not allowed on this channel
   3998 *	in current regulatory domain.
   3999 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_OFFSET: frequency offset in KHz
   4000 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_1MHZ: 1 MHz operation is allowed
   4001 *	on this channel in current regulatory domain.
   4002 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_2MHZ: 2 MHz operation is allowed
   4003 *	on this channel in current regulatory domain.
   4004 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_4MHZ: 4 MHz operation is allowed
   4005 *	on this channel in current regulatory domain.
   4006 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_8MHZ: 8 MHz operation is allowed
   4007 *	on this channel in current regulatory domain.
   4008 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_16MHZ: 16 MHz operation is allowed
   4009 *	on this channel in current regulatory domain.
   4010 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_320MHZ: any 320 MHz channel using this channel
   4011 *	as the primary or any of the secondary channels isn't possible
   4012 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_EHT: EHT operation is not allowed on this channel
   4013 *	in current regulatory domain.
   4014 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX: highest frequency attribute number
   4015 *	currently defined
   4016 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
   4017 *
   4018 * See https://apps.fcc.gov/eas/comments/GetPublishedDocument.html?id=327&tn=528122
   4019 * for more information on the FCC description of the relaxations allowed
   4020 * by NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY and
   4021 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT.
   4022 */
   4023enum nl80211_frequency_attr {
   4024	__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID,
   4025	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ,
   4026	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED,
   4027	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR,
   4028	__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS,
   4029	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR,
   4030	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER,
   4031	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE,
   4032	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME,
   4033	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS,
   4034	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS,
   4035	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ,
   4036	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ,
   4037	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME,
   4038	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY,
   4039	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT,
   4040	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ,
   4041	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ,
   4042	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM,
   4043	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HE,
   4044	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_OFFSET,
   4045	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_1MHZ,
   4046	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_2MHZ,
   4047	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_4MHZ,
   4048	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_8MHZ,
   4049	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_16MHZ,
   4050	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_320MHZ,
   4051	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_EHT,
   4052
   4053	/* keep last */
   4054	__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
   4055	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
   4056};
   4057
   4058#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER
   4059#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PASSIVE_SCAN	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
   4060#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS		NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
   4061#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR		NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
   4062#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_GO_CONCURRENT \
   4063					NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
   4064
   4065/**
   4066 * enum nl80211_bitrate_attr - bitrate attributes
   4067 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
   4068 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE: Bitrate in units of 100 kbps
   4069 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE: Short preamble supported
   4070 *	in 2.4 GHz band.
   4071 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX: highest bitrate attribute number
   4072 *	currently defined
   4073 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
   4074 */
   4075enum nl80211_bitrate_attr {
   4076	__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID,
   4077	NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE,
   4078	NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE,
   4079
   4080	/* keep last */
   4081	__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
   4082	NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
   4083};
   4084
   4085/**
   4086 * enum nl80211_initiator - Indicates the initiator of a reg domain request
   4087 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE: Core queried CRDA for a dynamic world
   4088 * 	regulatory domain.
   4089 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER: User asked the wireless core to set the
   4090 * 	regulatory domain.
   4091 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER: a wireless drivers has hinted to the
   4092 * 	wireless core it thinks its knows the regulatory domain we should be in.
   4093 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE: the wireless core has received an
   4094 * 	802.11 country information element with regulatory information it
   4095 * 	thinks we should consider. cfg80211 only processes the country
   4096 *	code from the IE, and relies on the regulatory domain information
   4097 *	structure passed by userspace (CRDA) from our wireless-regdb.
   4098 *	If a channel is enabled but the country code indicates it should
   4099 *	be disabled we disable the channel and re-enable it upon disassociation.
   4100 */
   4101enum nl80211_reg_initiator {
   4102	NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE,
   4103	NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER,
   4104	NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER,
   4105	NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE,
   4106};
   4107
   4108/**
   4109 * enum nl80211_reg_type - specifies the type of regulatory domain
   4110 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY: the regulatory domain set is one that pertains
   4111 *	to a specific country. When this is set you can count on the
   4112 *	ISO / IEC 3166 alpha2 country code being valid.
   4113 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD: the regulatory set domain is the world regulatory
   4114 * 	domain.
   4115 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD: the regulatory domain set is a custom
   4116 * 	driver specific world regulatory domain. These do not apply system-wide
   4117 * 	and are only applicable to the individual devices which have requested
   4118 * 	them to be applied.
   4119 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION: the regulatory domain set is the product
   4120 *	of an intersection between two regulatory domains -- the previously
   4121 *	set regulatory domain on the system and the last accepted regulatory
   4122 *	domain request to be processed.
   4123 */
   4124enum nl80211_reg_type {
   4125	NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY,
   4126	NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD,
   4127	NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD,
   4128	NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION,
   4129};
   4130
   4131/**
   4132 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr - regulatory rule attributes
   4133 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
   4134 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS: a set of flags which specify additional
   4135 * 	considerations for a given frequency range. These are the
   4136 * 	&enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags.
   4137 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START: starting frequencry for the regulatory
   4138 * 	rule in KHz. This is not a center of frequency but an actual regulatory
   4139 * 	band edge.
   4140 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END: ending frequency for the regulatory rule
   4141 * 	in KHz. This is not a center a frequency but an actual regulatory
   4142 * 	band edge.
   4143 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW: maximum allowed bandwidth for this
   4144 *	frequency range, in KHz.
   4145 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN: the maximum allowed antenna gain
   4146 * 	for a given frequency range. The value is in mBi (100 * dBi).
   4147 * 	If you don't have one then don't send this.
   4148 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP: the maximum allowed EIRP for
   4149 * 	a given frequency range. The value is in mBm (100 * dBm).
   4150 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds.
   4151 *	If not present or 0 default CAC time will be used.
   4152 * @NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX: highest regulatory rule attribute number
   4153 *	currently defined
   4154 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
   4155 */
   4156enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr {
   4157	__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID,
   4158	NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS,
   4159
   4160	NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START,
   4161	NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END,
   4162	NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW,
   4163
   4164	NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN,
   4165	NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP,
   4166
   4167	NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME,
   4168
   4169	/* keep last */
   4170	__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
   4171	NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
   4172};
   4173
   4174/**
   4175 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr - scheduled scan match attributes
   4176 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
   4177 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID: SSID to be used for matching,
   4178 *	only report BSS with matching SSID.
   4179 *	(This cannot be used together with BSSID.)
   4180 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI: RSSI threshold (in dBm) for reporting a
   4181 *	BSS in scan results. Filtering is turned off if not specified. Note that
   4182 *	if this attribute is in a match set of its own, then it is treated as
   4183 *	the default value for all matchsets with an SSID, rather than being a
   4184 *	matchset of its own without an RSSI filter. This is due to problems with
   4185 *	how this API was implemented in the past. Also, due to the same problem,
   4186 *	the only way to create a matchset with only an RSSI filter (with this
   4187 *	attribute) is if there's only a single matchset with the RSSI attribute.
   4188 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI: Flag indicating whether
   4189 *	%NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI to be used as absolute RSSI or
   4190 *	relative to current bss's RSSI.
   4191 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for
   4192 *	BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
   4193 *	RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure
   4194 *	value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
   4195 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID: BSSID to be used for matching
   4196 *	(this cannot be used together with SSID).
   4197 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_PER_BAND_RSSI: Nested attribute that carries the
   4198 *	band specific minimum rssi thresholds for the bands defined in
   4199 *	enum nl80211_band. The minimum rssi threshold value(s32) specific to a
   4200 *	band shall be encapsulated in attribute with type value equals to one
   4201 *	of the NL80211_BAND_* defined in enum nl80211_band. For example, the
   4202 *	minimum rssi threshold value for 2.4GHZ band shall be encapsulated
   4203 *	within an attribute of type NL80211_BAND_2GHZ. And one or more of such
   4204 *	attributes will be nested within this attribute.
   4205 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest scheduled scan filter
   4206 *	attribute number currently defined
   4207 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
   4208 */
   4209enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr {
   4210	__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID,
   4211
   4212	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID,
   4213	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI,
   4214	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI,
   4215	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST,
   4216	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID,
   4217	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_PER_BAND_RSSI,
   4218
   4219	/* keep last */
   4220	__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
   4221	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX =
   4222		__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
   4223};
   4224
   4225/* only for backward compatibility */
   4226#define NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_SSID NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID
   4227
   4228/**
   4229 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags - regulatory rule flags
   4230 *
   4231 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM: OFDM modulation not allowed
   4232 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK: CCK modulation not allowed
   4233 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR: indoor operation not allowed
   4234 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR: outdoor operation not allowed
   4235 * @NL80211_RRF_DFS: DFS support is required to be used
   4236 * @NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Point links
   4237 * @NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Multi Point links
   4238 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation are allowed,
   4239 * 	this includes probe requests or modes of operation that require
   4240 * 	beaconing.
   4241 * @NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW: maximum available bandwidth should be calculated
   4242 *	base on contiguous rules and wider channels will be allowed to cross
   4243 *	multiple contiguous/overlapping frequency ranges.
   4244 * @NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT: See %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
   4245 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS: channels can't be used in HT40- operation
   4246 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS: channels can't be used in HT40+ operation
   4247 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ: 80MHz operation not allowed
   4248 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ: 160MHz operation not allowed
   4249 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HE: HE operation not allowed
   4250 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_320MHZ: 320MHz operation not allowed
   4251 */
   4252enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags {
   4253	NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM		= 1<<0,
   4254	NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK		= 1<<1,
   4255	NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR		= 1<<2,
   4256	NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR		= 1<<3,
   4257	NL80211_RRF_DFS			= 1<<4,
   4258	NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY		= 1<<5,
   4259	NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY		= 1<<6,
   4260	NL80211_RRF_NO_IR		= 1<<7,
   4261	__NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS		= 1<<8,
   4262	NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW		= 1<<11,
   4263	NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT	= 1<<12,
   4264	NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS	= 1<<13,
   4265	NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS		= 1<<14,
   4266	NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ		= 1<<15,
   4267	NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ		= 1<<16,
   4268	NL80211_RRF_NO_HE		= 1<<17,
   4269	NL80211_RRF_NO_320MHZ		= 1<<18,
   4270};
   4271
   4272#define NL80211_RRF_PASSIVE_SCAN	NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
   4273#define NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS		NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
   4274#define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR		NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
   4275#define NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40		(NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS |\
   4276					 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS)
   4277#define NL80211_RRF_GO_CONCURRENT	NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT
   4278
   4279/* For backport compatibility with older userspace */
   4280#define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR_ALL		(NL80211_RRF_NO_IR | __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS)
   4281
   4282/**
   4283 * enum nl80211_dfs_regions - regulatory DFS regions
   4284 *
   4285 * @NL80211_DFS_UNSET: Country has no DFS master region specified
   4286 * @NL80211_DFS_FCC: Country follows DFS master rules from FCC
   4287 * @NL80211_DFS_ETSI: Country follows DFS master rules from ETSI
   4288 * @NL80211_DFS_JP: Country follows DFS master rules from JP/MKK/Telec
   4289 */
   4290enum nl80211_dfs_regions {
   4291	NL80211_DFS_UNSET	= 0,
   4292	NL80211_DFS_FCC		= 1,
   4293	NL80211_DFS_ETSI	= 2,
   4294	NL80211_DFS_JP		= 3,
   4295};
   4296
   4297/**
   4298 * enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type - type of user regulatory hint
   4299 *
   4300 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER: a user sent the hint. This is always
   4301 *	assumed if the attribute is not set.
   4302 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE: the hint comes from a cellular
   4303 *	base station. Device drivers that have been tested to work
   4304 *	properly to support this type of hint can enable these hints
   4305 *	by setting the NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS feature
   4306 *	capability on the struct wiphy. The wireless core will
   4307 *	ignore all cell base station hints until at least one device
   4308 *	present has been registered with the wireless core that
   4309 *	has listed NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS as a
   4310 *	supported feature.
   4311 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR: a user sent an hint indicating that the
   4312 *	platform is operating in an indoor environment.
   4313 */
   4314enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type {
   4315	NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER	= 0,
   4316	NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE = 1,
   4317	NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR    = 2,
   4318};
   4319
   4320/**
   4321 * enum nl80211_survey_info - survey information
   4322 *
   4323 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO
   4324 * when getting information about a survey.
   4325 *
   4326 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
   4327 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY: center frequency of channel
   4328 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE: noise level of channel (u8, dBm)
   4329 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used
   4330 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME: amount of time (in ms) that the radio
   4331 *	was turned on (on channel or globally)
   4332 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: amount of the time the primary
   4333 *	channel was sensed busy (either due to activity or energy detect)
   4334 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: amount of time the extension
   4335 *	channel was sensed busy
   4336 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: amount of time the radio spent
   4337 *	receiving data (on channel or globally)
   4338 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: amount of time the radio spent
   4339 *	transmitting data (on channel or globally)
   4340 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: time the radio spent for scan
   4341 *	(on this channel or globally)
   4342 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
   4343 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX: amount of time the radio spent
   4344 *	receiving frames destined to the local BSS
   4345 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX: highest survey info attribute number
   4346 *	currently defined
   4347 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY_OFFSET: center frequency offset in KHz
   4348 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
   4349 */
   4350enum nl80211_survey_info {
   4351	__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID,
   4352	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY,
   4353	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE,
   4354	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE,
   4355	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME,
   4356	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY,
   4357	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY,
   4358	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX,
   4359	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX,
   4360	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN,
   4361	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD,
   4362	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX,
   4363	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY_OFFSET,
   4364
   4365	/* keep last */
   4366	__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
   4367	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
   4368};
   4369
   4370/* keep old names for compatibility */
   4371#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME		NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME
   4372#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_BUSY		NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY
   4373#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_EXT_BUSY	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY
   4374#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_RX		NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX
   4375#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_TX		NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX
   4376
   4377/**
   4378 * enum nl80211_mntr_flags - monitor configuration flags
   4379 *
   4380 * Monitor configuration flags.
   4381 *
   4382 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID: reserved
   4383 *
   4384 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS
   4385 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP
   4386 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames
   4387 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering
   4388 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing.
   4389 *	overrides all other flags.
   4390 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE: use the configured MAC address
   4391 *	and ACK incoming unicast packets.
   4392 *
   4393 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use
   4394 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX: highest possible monitor flag
   4395 */
   4396enum nl80211_mntr_flags {
   4397	__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID,
   4398	NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL,
   4399	NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL,
   4400	NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL,
   4401	NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS,
   4402	NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES,
   4403	NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE,
   4404
   4405	/* keep last */
   4406	__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST,
   4407	NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1
   4408};
   4409
   4410/**
   4411 * enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode - mesh power save modes
   4412 *
   4413 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN: The mesh power mode of the mesh STA is
   4414 *	not known or has not been set yet.
   4415 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE: Active mesh power mode. The mesh STA is
   4416 *	in Awake state all the time.
   4417 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP: Light sleep mode. The mesh STA will
   4418 *	alternate between Active and Doze states, but will wake up for
   4419 *	neighbor's beacons.
   4420 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP: Deep sleep mode. The mesh STA will
   4421 *	alternate between Active and Doze states, but may not wake up
   4422 *	for neighbor's beacons.
   4423 *
   4424 * @__NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - internal use
   4425 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX - highest possible power save level
   4426 */
   4427
   4428enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode {
   4429	NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN,
   4430	NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE,
   4431	NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP,
   4432	NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP,
   4433
   4434	__NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST,
   4435	NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - 1
   4436};
   4437
   4438/**
   4439 * enum nl80211_meshconf_params - mesh configuration parameters
   4440 *
   4441 * Mesh configuration parameters. These can be changed while the mesh is
   4442 * active.
   4443 *
   4444 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID: internal use
   4445 *
   4446 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial retry timeout in
   4447 *	millisecond units, used by the Peer Link Open message
   4448 *
   4449 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial confirm timeout, in
   4450 *	millisecond units, used by the peer link management to close a peer link
   4451 *
   4452 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT: specifies the holding timeout, in
   4453 *	millisecond units
   4454 *
   4455 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS: maximum number of peer links allowed
   4456 *	on this mesh interface
   4457 *
   4458 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES: specifies the maximum number of peer link
   4459 *	open retries that can be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a
   4460 *	mesh
   4461 *
   4462 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a source mesh
   4463 *	point.
   4464 *
   4465 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS: whether we should automatically open
   4466 *	peer links when we detect compatible mesh peers. Disabled if
   4467 *	@NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM or @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE are
   4468 *	set.
   4469 *
   4470 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES: the number of action frames
   4471 *	containing a PREQ that an MP can send to a particular destination (path
   4472 *	target)
   4473 *
   4474 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME: how frequently to refresh mesh paths
   4475 *	(in milliseconds)
   4476 *
   4477 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: minimum length of time to wait
   4478 *	until giving up on a path discovery (in milliseconds)
   4479 *
   4480 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for which mesh
   4481 *	points receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from
   4482 *	the root to be valid. (TU = time unit)
   4483 *
   4484 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in
   4485 *	TUs) during which an MP can send only one action frame containing a PREQ
   4486 *	reference element
   4487 *
   4488 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME: The interval of time (in TUs)
   4489 *	that it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the
   4490 *	mesh
   4491 *
   4492 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE: whether root mode is enabled or not
   4493 *
   4494 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a
   4495 *	source mesh point for path selection elements.
   4496 *
   4497 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL:  The interval of time (in TUs) between
   4498 *	root announcements are transmitted.
   4499 *
   4500 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS: Advertise that this mesh station has
   4501 *	access to a broader network beyond the MBSS.  This is done via Root
   4502 *	Announcement frames.
   4503 *
   4504 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in
   4505 *	TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a
   4506 *	PERR element.
   4507 *
   4508 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING: set Mesh STA as forwarding or non-forwarding
   4509 *	or forwarding entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity)
   4510 *
   4511 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This specifies the
   4512 *	threshold for average signal strength of candidate station to establish
   4513 *	a peer link.
   4514 *
   4515 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR: maximum number of neighbors
   4516 *	to synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method
   4517 *	(see 11C.12.2.2)
   4518 *
   4519 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE: set mesh HT protection mode.
   4520 *
   4521 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh configuration attribute
   4522 *
   4523 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for
   4524 *	which mesh STAs receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding
   4525 *	information to the root mesh STA to be valid.
   4526 *
   4527 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between
   4528 *	proactive PREQs are transmitted.
   4529 *
   4530 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time
   4531 *	(in TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame
   4532 *	containing a PREQ element for root path confirmation.
   4533 *
   4534 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE: Default mesh power mode for new peer links.
   4535 *	type &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode (u32)
   4536 *
   4537 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW: awake window duration (in TUs)
   4538 *
   4539 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've
   4540 *	established peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then
   4541 *	remove it from the STA's list of peers. You may set this to 0 to disable
   4542 *	the removal of the STA. Default is 30 minutes.
   4543 *
   4544 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: If set to true then this mesh STA
   4545 *	will advertise that it is connected to a gate in the mesh formation
   4546 *	field.  If left unset then the mesh formation field will only
   4547 *	advertise such if there is an active root mesh path.
   4548 *
   4549 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_NOLEARN: Try to avoid multi-hop path discovery (e.g.
   4550 *      PREQ/PREP for HWMP) if the destination is a direct neighbor. Note that
   4551 *      this might not be the optimal decision as a multi-hop route might be
   4552 *      better. So if using this setting you will likely also want to disable
   4553 *      dot11MeshForwarding and use another mesh routing protocol on top.
   4554 *
   4555 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_AS: If set to true then this mesh STA
   4556 *	will advertise that it is connected to a authentication server
   4557 *	in the mesh formation field.
   4558 *
   4559 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
   4560 */
   4561enum nl80211_meshconf_params {
   4562	__NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID,
   4563	NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT,
   4564	NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT,
   4565	NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT,
   4566	NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS,
   4567	NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES,
   4568	NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL,
   4569	NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS,
   4570	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES,
   4571	NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME,
   4572	NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT,
   4573	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT,
   4574	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL,
   4575	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME,
   4576	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE,
   4577	NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL,
   4578	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL,
   4579	NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS,
   4580	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL,
   4581	NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING,
   4582	NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD,
   4583	NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR,
   4584	NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE,
   4585	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT,
   4586	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL,
   4587	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL,
   4588	NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE,
   4589	NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW,
   4590	NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT,
   4591	NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE,
   4592	NL80211_MESHCONF_NOLEARN,
   4593	NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_AS,
   4594
   4595	/* keep last */
   4596	__NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
   4597	NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
   4598};
   4599
   4600/**
   4601 * enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params - mesh setup parameters
   4602 *
   4603 * Mesh setup parameters.  These are used to start/join a mesh and cannot be
   4604 * changed while the mesh is active.
   4605 *
   4606 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID: Internal use
   4607 *
   4608 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL: Enable this option to use a
   4609 *	vendor specific path selection algorithm or disable it to use the
   4610 *	default HWMP.
   4611 *
   4612 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC: Enable this option to use a
   4613 *	vendor specific path metric or disable it to use the default Airtime
   4614 *	metric.
   4615 *
   4616 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE: Information elements for this mesh, for instance, a
   4617 *	robust security network ie, or a vendor specific information element
   4618 *	that vendors will use to identify the path selection methods and
   4619 *	metrics in use.
   4620 *
   4621 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH: Enable this option if an authentication
   4622 *	daemon will be authenticating mesh candidates.
   4623 *
   4624 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE: Enable this option if an authentication
   4625 *	daemon will be securing peer link frames.  AMPE is a secured version of
   4626 *	Mesh Peering Management (MPM) and is implemented with the assistance of
   4627 *	a userspace daemon.  When this flag is set, the kernel will send peer
   4628 *	management frames to a userspace daemon that will implement AMPE
   4629 *	functionality (security capabilities selection, key confirmation, and
   4630 *	key management).  When the flag is unset (default), the kernel can
   4631 *	autonomously complete (unsecured) mesh peering without the need of a
   4632 *	userspace daemon.
   4633 *
   4634 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC: Enable this option to use a
   4635 *	vendor specific synchronization method or disable it to use the default
   4636 *	neighbor offset synchronization
   4637 *
   4638 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM: Enable this option if userspace will
   4639 *	implement an MPM which handles peer allocation and state.
   4640 *
   4641 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL: Inform the kernel of the authentication
   4642 *	method (u8, as defined in IEEE 8.4.2.100.6, e.g. 0x1 for SAE).
   4643 *	Default is no authentication method required.
   4644 *
   4645 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh setup attribute number
   4646 *
   4647 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal use
   4648 */
   4649enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params {
   4650	__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID,
   4651	NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL,
   4652	NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC,
   4653	NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE,
   4654	NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH,
   4655	NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE,
   4656	NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC,
   4657	NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM,
   4658	NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL,
   4659
   4660	/* keep last */
   4661	__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
   4662	NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
   4663};
   4664
   4665/**
   4666 * enum nl80211_txq_attr - TX queue parameter attributes
   4667 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID: Attribute number 0 is reserved
   4668 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC: AC identifier (NL80211_AC_*)
   4669 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning
   4670 *	disabled
   4671 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN: Minimum contention window [a value of the form
   4672 *	2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
   4673 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX: Maximum contention window [a value of the form
   4674 *	2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
   4675 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS: Arbitration interframe space [0..255]
   4676 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal
   4677 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX: Maximum TXQ attribute number
   4678 */
   4679enum nl80211_txq_attr {
   4680	__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID,
   4681	NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC,
   4682	NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP,
   4683	NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN,
   4684	NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX,
   4685	NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS,
   4686
   4687	/* keep last */
   4688	__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
   4689	NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
   4690};
   4691
   4692enum nl80211_ac {
   4693	NL80211_AC_VO,
   4694	NL80211_AC_VI,
   4695	NL80211_AC_BE,
   4696	NL80211_AC_BK,
   4697	NL80211_NUM_ACS
   4698};
   4699
   4700/* backward compat */
   4701#define NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_QUEUE	NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC
   4702#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VO	NL80211_AC_VO
   4703#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VI	NL80211_AC_VI
   4704#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BE	NL80211_AC_BE
   4705#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BK	NL80211_AC_BK
   4706
   4707/**
   4708 * enum nl80211_channel_type - channel type
   4709 * @NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel
   4710 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT20: 20 MHz HT channel
   4711 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel
   4712 *	below the control channel
   4713 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel
   4714 *	above the control channel
   4715 */
   4716enum nl80211_channel_type {
   4717	NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT,
   4718	NL80211_CHAN_HT20,
   4719	NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS,
   4720	NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS
   4721};
   4722
   4723/**
   4724 * enum nl80211_key_mode - Key mode
   4725 *
   4726 * @NL80211_KEY_RX_TX: (Default)
   4727 *	Key can be used for Rx and Tx immediately
   4728 *
   4729 * The following modes can only be selected for unicast keys and when the
   4730 * driver supports @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID:
   4731 *
   4732 * @NL80211_KEY_NO_TX: Only allowed in combination with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY:
   4733 *	Unicast key can only be used for Rx, Tx not allowed, yet
   4734 * @NL80211_KEY_SET_TX: Only allowed in combination with @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY:
   4735 *	The unicast key identified by idx and mac is cleared for Tx and becomes
   4736 *	the preferred Tx key for the station.
   4737 */
   4738enum nl80211_key_mode {
   4739	NL80211_KEY_RX_TX,
   4740	NL80211_KEY_NO_TX,
   4741	NL80211_KEY_SET_TX
   4742};
   4743
   4744/**
   4745 * enum nl80211_chan_width - channel width definitions
   4746 *
   4747 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH
   4748 * attribute.
   4749 *
   4750 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel
   4751 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 20 MHz HT channel
   4752 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 40 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
   4753 *	attribute must be provided as well
   4754 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80: 80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
   4755 *	attribute must be provided as well
   4756 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80: 80+80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
   4757 *	and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2 attributes must be provided as well
   4758 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160: 160 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
   4759 *	attribute must be provided as well
   4760 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 5 MHz OFDM channel
   4761 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 10 MHz OFDM channel
   4762 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_1: 1 MHz OFDM channel
   4763 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_2: 2 MHz OFDM channel
   4764 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_4: 4 MHz OFDM channel
   4765 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_8: 8 MHz OFDM channel
   4766 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_16: 16 MHz OFDM channel
   4767 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_320: 320 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
   4768 *	attribute must be provided as well
   4769 */
   4770enum nl80211_chan_width {
   4771	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT,
   4772	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
   4773	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40,
   4774	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80,
   4775	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80,
   4776	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160,
   4777	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5,
   4778	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10,
   4779	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_1,
   4780	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_2,
   4781	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_4,
   4782	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_8,
   4783	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_16,
   4784	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_320,
   4785};
   4786
   4787/**
   4788 * enum nl80211_bss_scan_width - control channel width for a BSS
   4789 *
   4790 * These values are used with the %NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH attribute.
   4791 *
   4792 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20: control channel is 20 MHz wide or compatible
   4793 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10: control channel is 10 MHz wide
   4794 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5: control channel is 5 MHz wide
   4795 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_1: control channel is 1 MHz wide
   4796 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_2: control channel is 2 MHz wide
   4797 */
   4798enum nl80211_bss_scan_width {
   4799	NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
   4800	NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10,
   4801	NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5,
   4802	NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_1,
   4803	NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_2,
   4804};
   4805
   4806/**
   4807 * enum nl80211_bss - netlink attributes for a BSS
   4808 *
   4809 * @__NL80211_BSS_INVALID: invalid
   4810 * @NL80211_BSS_BSSID: BSSID of the BSS (6 octets)
   4811 * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY: frequency in MHz (u32)
   4812 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF: TSF of the received probe response/beacon (u64)
   4813 *	(if @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA is present then this is known to be
   4814 *	from a probe response, otherwise it may be from the same beacon
   4815 *	that the NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF will be from)
   4816 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval of the (I)BSS (u16)
   4817 * @NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY: capability field (CPU order, u16)
   4818 * @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS: binary attribute containing the
   4819 *	raw information elements from the probe response/beacon (bin);
   4820 *	if the %NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES attribute is present and the data is
   4821 *	different then the IEs here are from a Probe Response frame; otherwise
   4822 *	they are from a Beacon frame.
   4823 *	However, if the driver does not indicate the source of the IEs, these
   4824 *	IEs may be from either frame subtype.
   4825 *	If present, the @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA attribute indicates that the
   4826 *	data here is known to be from a probe response, without any heuristics.
   4827 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM: signal strength of probe response/beacon
   4828 *	in mBm (100 * dBm) (s32)
   4829 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC: signal strength of the probe response/beacon
   4830 *	in unspecified units, scaled to 0..100 (u8)
   4831 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS: status, if this BSS is "used"
   4832 * @NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO: age of this BSS entry in ms
   4833 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES: binary attribute containing the raw information
   4834 *	elements from a Beacon frame (bin); not present if no Beacon frame has
   4835 *	yet been received
   4836 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH: channel width of the control channel
   4837 *	(u32, enum nl80211_bss_scan_width)
   4838 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF: TSF of the last received beacon (u64)
   4839 *	(not present if no beacon frame has been received yet)
   4840 * @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA: the data in @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS and
   4841 *	@NL80211_BSS_TSF is known to be from a probe response (flag attribute)
   4842 * @NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME: CLOCK_BOOTTIME timestamp when this entry
   4843 *	was last updated by a received frame. The value is expected to be
   4844 *	accurate to about 10ms. (u64, nanoseconds)
   4845 * @NL80211_BSS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
   4846 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF: the time at the start of reception of the first
   4847 *	octet of the timestamp field of the last beacon/probe received for
   4848 *	this BSS. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified by
   4849 *	@NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID. (u64).
   4850 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID: the BSS according to which @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF
   4851 *	is set.
   4852 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last BSS update.
   4853 *	Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm),
   4854 *	using the nesting index as the antenna number.
   4855 * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY_OFFSET: frequency offset in KHz
   4856 * @__NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST: internal
   4857 * @NL80211_BSS_MAX: highest BSS attribute
   4858 */
   4859enum nl80211_bss {
   4860	__NL80211_BSS_INVALID,
   4861	NL80211_BSS_BSSID,
   4862	NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY,
   4863	NL80211_BSS_TSF,
   4864	NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL,
   4865	NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY,
   4866	NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS,
   4867	NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM,
   4868	NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC,
   4869	NL80211_BSS_STATUS,
   4870	NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO,
   4871	NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES,
   4872	NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH,
   4873	NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF,
   4874	NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA,
   4875	NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME,
   4876	NL80211_BSS_PAD,
   4877	NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF,
   4878	NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID,
   4879	NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL,
   4880	NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY_OFFSET,
   4881
   4882	/* keep last */
   4883	__NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST,
   4884	NL80211_BSS_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST - 1
   4885};
   4886
   4887/**
   4888 * enum nl80211_bss_status - BSS "status"
   4889 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED: Authenticated with this BSS.
   4890 *	Note that this is no longer used since cfg80211 no longer
   4891 *	keeps track of whether or not authentication was done with
   4892 *	a given BSS.
   4893 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED: Associated with this BSS.
   4894 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED: Joined to this IBSS.
   4895 *
   4896 * The BSS status is a BSS attribute in scan dumps, which
   4897 * indicates the status the interface has wrt. this BSS.
   4898 */
   4899enum nl80211_bss_status {
   4900	NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED,
   4901	NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED,
   4902	NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED,
   4903};
   4904
   4905/**
   4906 * enum nl80211_auth_type - AuthenticationType
   4907 *
   4908 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM: Open System authentication
   4909 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY: Shared Key authentication (WEP only)
   4910 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT: Fast BSS Transition (IEEE 802.11r)
   4911 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP: Network EAP (some Cisco APs and mainly LEAP)
   4912 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE: Simultaneous authentication of equals
   4913 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key
   4914 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key with PFS
   4915 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK: Fast Initial Link Setup public key
   4916 * @__NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM: internal
   4917 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX: maximum valid auth algorithm
   4918 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC: determine automatically (if necessary by
   4919 *	trying multiple times); this is invalid in netlink -- leave out
   4920 *	the attribute for this on CONNECT commands.
   4921 */
   4922enum nl80211_auth_type {
   4923	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM,
   4924	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY,
   4925	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT,
   4926	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP,
   4927	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE,
   4928	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK,
   4929	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS,
   4930	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK,
   4931
   4932	/* keep last */
   4933	__NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM,
   4934	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX = __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM - 1,
   4935	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC
   4936};
   4937
   4938/**
   4939 * enum nl80211_key_type - Key Type
   4940 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP: Group (broadcast/multicast) key
   4941 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE: Pairwise (unicast/individual) key
   4942 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY: PeerKey (DLS)
   4943 * @NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES: number of defined key types
   4944 */
   4945enum nl80211_key_type {
   4946	NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP,
   4947	NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE,
   4948	NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY,
   4949
   4950	NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES
   4951};
   4952
   4953/**
   4954 * enum nl80211_mfp - Management frame protection state
   4955 * @NL80211_MFP_NO: Management frame protection not used
   4956 * @NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED: Management frame protection required
   4957 * @NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL: Management frame protection is optional
   4958 */
   4959enum nl80211_mfp {
   4960	NL80211_MFP_NO,
   4961	NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED,
   4962	NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL,
   4963};
   4964
   4965enum nl80211_wpa_versions {
   4966	NL80211_WPA_VERSION_1 = 1 << 0,
   4967	NL80211_WPA_VERSION_2 = 1 << 1,
   4968	NL80211_WPA_VERSION_3 = 1 << 2,
   4969};
   4970
   4971/**
   4972 * enum nl80211_key_default_types - key default types
   4973 * @__NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID: invalid
   4974 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST: key should be used as default
   4975 *	unicast key
   4976 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST: key should be used as default
   4977 *	multicast key
   4978 * @NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: number of default types
   4979 */
   4980enum nl80211_key_default_types {
   4981	__NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID,
   4982	NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST,
   4983	NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST,
   4984
   4985	NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES
   4986};
   4987
   4988/**
   4989 * enum nl80211_key_attributes - key attributes
   4990 * @__NL80211_KEY_INVALID: invalid
   4991 * @NL80211_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of
   4992 *	16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC
   4993 *	keys
   4994 * @NL80211_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3)
   4995 * @NL80211_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11
   4996 *	section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04)
   4997 * @NL80211_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and
   4998 *	CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian
   4999 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT: flag indicating default key
   5000 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: flag indicating default management key
   5001 * @NL80211_KEY_TYPE: the key type from enum nl80211_key_type, if not
   5002 *	specified the default depends on whether a MAC address was
   5003 *	given with the command using the key or not (u32)
   5004 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags
   5005 *	attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as.
   5006 *	See &enum nl80211_key_default_types.
   5007 * @NL80211_KEY_MODE: the mode from enum nl80211_key_mode.
   5008 *	Defaults to @NL80211_KEY_RX_TX.
   5009 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_BEACON: flag indicating default Beacon frame key
   5010 *
   5011 * @__NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST: internal
   5012 * @NL80211_KEY_MAX: highest key attribute
   5013 */
   5014enum nl80211_key_attributes {
   5015	__NL80211_KEY_INVALID,
   5016	NL80211_KEY_DATA,
   5017	NL80211_KEY_IDX,
   5018	NL80211_KEY_CIPHER,
   5019	NL80211_KEY_SEQ,
   5020	NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT,
   5021	NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT,
   5022	NL80211_KEY_TYPE,
   5023	NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES,
   5024	NL80211_KEY_MODE,
   5025	NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_BEACON,
   5026
   5027	/* keep last */
   5028	__NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST,
   5029	NL80211_KEY_MAX = __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST - 1
   5030};
   5031
   5032/**
   5033 * enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes - TX rate set attributes
   5034 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID: invalid
   5035 * @NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY: Legacy (non-MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection
   5036 *	in an array of rates as defined in IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 (u8 values with
   5037 *	1 = 500 kbps) but without the IE length restriction (at most
   5038 *	%NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES in a single array).
   5039 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HT: HT (MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection
   5040 *	in an array of MCS numbers.
   5041 * @NL80211_TXRATE_VHT: VHT rates allowed for TX rate selection,
   5042 *	see &struct nl80211_txrate_vht
   5043 * @NL80211_TXRATE_GI: configure GI, see &enum nl80211_txrate_gi
   5044 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE: HE rates allowed for TX rate selection,
   5045 *	see &struct nl80211_txrate_he
   5046 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE_GI: configure HE GI, 0.8us, 1.6us and 3.2us.
   5047 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE_LTF: configure HE LTF, 1XLTF, 2XLTF and 4XLTF.
   5048 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST: internal
   5049 * @NL80211_TXRATE_MAX: highest TX rate attribute
   5050 */
   5051enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes {
   5052	__NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID,
   5053	NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY,
   5054	NL80211_TXRATE_HT,
   5055	NL80211_TXRATE_VHT,
   5056	NL80211_TXRATE_GI,
   5057	NL80211_TXRATE_HE,
   5058	NL80211_TXRATE_HE_GI,
   5059	NL80211_TXRATE_HE_LTF,
   5060
   5061	/* keep last */
   5062	__NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST,
   5063	NL80211_TXRATE_MAX = __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST - 1
   5064};
   5065
   5066#define NL80211_TXRATE_MCS NL80211_TXRATE_HT
   5067#define NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX		8
   5068
   5069/**
   5070 * struct nl80211_txrate_vht - VHT MCS/NSS txrate bitmap
   5071 * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.)
   5072 */
   5073struct nl80211_txrate_vht {
   5074	__u16 mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX];
   5075};
   5076
   5077#define NL80211_HE_NSS_MAX		8
   5078/**
   5079 * struct nl80211_txrate_he - HE MCS/NSS txrate bitmap
   5080 * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.)
   5081 */
   5082struct nl80211_txrate_he {
   5083	__u16 mcs[NL80211_HE_NSS_MAX];
   5084};
   5085
   5086enum nl80211_txrate_gi {
   5087	NL80211_TXRATE_DEFAULT_GI,
   5088	NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_SGI,
   5089	NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_LGI,
   5090};
   5091
   5092/**
   5093 * enum nl80211_band - Frequency band
   5094 * @NL80211_BAND_2GHZ: 2.4 GHz ISM band
   5095 * @NL80211_BAND_5GHZ: around 5 GHz band (4.9 - 5.7 GHz)
   5096 * @NL80211_BAND_60GHZ: around 60 GHz band (58.32 - 69.12 GHz)
   5097 * @NL80211_BAND_6GHZ: around 6 GHz band (5.9 - 7.2 GHz)
   5098 * @NL80211_BAND_S1GHZ: around 900MHz, supported by S1G PHYs
   5099 * @NL80211_BAND_LC: light communication band (placeholder)
   5100 * @NUM_NL80211_BANDS: number of bands, avoid using this in userspace
   5101 *	since newer kernel versions may support more bands
   5102 */
   5103enum nl80211_band {
   5104	NL80211_BAND_2GHZ,
   5105	NL80211_BAND_5GHZ,
   5106	NL80211_BAND_60GHZ,
   5107	NL80211_BAND_6GHZ,
   5108	NL80211_BAND_S1GHZ,
   5109	NL80211_BAND_LC,
   5110
   5111	NUM_NL80211_BANDS,
   5112};
   5113
   5114/**
   5115 * enum nl80211_ps_state - powersave state
   5116 * @NL80211_PS_DISABLED: powersave is disabled
   5117 * @NL80211_PS_ENABLED: powersave is enabled
   5118 */
   5119enum nl80211_ps_state {
   5120	NL80211_PS_DISABLED,
   5121	NL80211_PS_ENABLED,
   5122};
   5123
   5124/**
   5125 * enum nl80211_attr_cqm - connection quality monitor attributes
   5126 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID: invalid
   5127 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This value specifies
   5128 *	the threshold for the RSSI level at which an event will be sent. Zero
   5129 *	to disable.  Alternatively, if %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST is
   5130 *	set, multiple values can be supplied as a low-to-high sorted array of
   5131 *	threshold values in dBm.  Events will be sent when the RSSI value
   5132 *	crosses any of the thresholds.
   5133 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST: RSSI hysteresis in dBm. This value specifies
   5134 *	the minimum amount the RSSI level must change after an event before a
   5135 *	new event may be issued (to reduce effects of RSSI oscillation).
   5136 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT: RSSI threshold event
   5137 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT: a u32 value indicating that this many
   5138 *	consecutive packets were not acknowledged by the peer
   5139 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE: TX error rate in %. Minimum % of TX failures
   5140 *	during the given %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before an
   5141 *	%NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM with reported %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE and
   5142 *	%NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS is generated.
   5143 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS: number of attempted packets in a given
   5144 *	%NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE is
   5145 *	checked.
   5146 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL: interval in seconds. Specifies the periodic
   5147 *	interval in which %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS and
   5148 *	%NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE must be satisfied before generating an
   5149 *	%NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM. Set to 0 to turn off TX error reporting.
   5150 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: flag attribute that's set in a beacon
   5151 *	loss event
   5152 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL: the RSSI value in dBm that triggered the
   5153 *	RSSI threshold event.
   5154 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST: internal
   5155 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX: highest key attribute
   5156 */
   5157enum nl80211_attr_cqm {
   5158	__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID,
   5159	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD,
   5160	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST,
   5161	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT,
   5162	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT,
   5163	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE,
   5164	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS,
   5165	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL,
   5166	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT,
   5167	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL,
   5168
   5169	/* keep last */
   5170	__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST,
   5171	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST - 1
   5172};
   5173
   5174/**
   5175 * enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event - RSSI threshold event
   5176 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW: The RSSI level is lower than the
   5177 *      configured threshold
   5178 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH: The RSSI is higher than the
   5179 *      configured threshold
   5180 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: (reserved, never sent)
   5181 */
   5182enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event {
   5183	NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW,
   5184	NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH,
   5185	NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT,
   5186};
   5187
   5188
   5189/**
   5190 * enum nl80211_tx_power_setting - TX power adjustment
   5191 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine transmit power
   5192 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED: limit TX power by the mBm parameter
   5193 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED: fix TX power to the mBm parameter
   5194 */
   5195enum nl80211_tx_power_setting {
   5196	NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC,
   5197	NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED,
   5198	NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED,
   5199};
   5200
   5201/**
   5202 * enum nl80211_tid_config - TID config state
   5203 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ENABLE: Enable config for the TID
   5204 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_DISABLE: Disable config for the TID
   5205 */
   5206enum nl80211_tid_config {
   5207	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ENABLE,
   5208	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_DISABLE,
   5209};
   5210
   5211/* enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting - TX rate configuration type
   5212 * @NL80211_TX_RATE_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine TX rate
   5213 * @NL80211_TX_RATE_LIMITED: limit the TX rate by the TX rate parameter
   5214 * @NL80211_TX_RATE_FIXED: fix TX rate to the TX rate parameter
   5215 */
   5216enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting {
   5217	NL80211_TX_RATE_AUTOMATIC,
   5218	NL80211_TX_RATE_LIMITED,
   5219	NL80211_TX_RATE_FIXED,
   5220};
   5221
   5222/* enum nl80211_tid_config_attr - TID specific configuration.
   5223 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PAD: pad attribute for 64-bit values
   5224 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_VIF_SUPP: a bitmap (u64) of attributes supported
   5225 *	for per-vif configuration; doesn't list the ones that are generic
   5226 *	(%NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS, %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE).
   5227 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PEER_SUPP: same as the previous per-vif one, but
   5228 *	per peer instead.
   5229 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE: flag attribue, if set indicates
   5230 *	that the new configuration overrides all previous peer
   5231 *	configurations, otherwise previous peer specific configurations
   5232 *	should be left untouched.
   5233 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS: a bitmask value of TIDs (bit 0 to 7)
   5234 *	Its type is u16.
   5235 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_NOACK: Configure ack policy for the TID.
   5236 *	specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TID. see %enum nl80211_tid_config.
   5237 *	Its type is u8.
   5238 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT: Number of retries used with data frame
   5239 *	transmission, user-space sets this configuration in
   5240 *	&NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG. It is u8 type, min value is 1 and
   5241 *	the max value is advertised by the driver in this attribute on
   5242 *	output in wiphy capabilities.
   5243 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG: Number of retries used with data frame
   5244 *	transmission, user-space sets this configuration in
   5245 *	&NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG. Its type is u8, min value is 1 and
   5246 *	the max value is advertised by the driver in this attribute on
   5247 *	output in wiphy capabilities.
   5248 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMPDU_CTRL: Enable/Disable MPDU aggregation
   5249 *	for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS.
   5250 *	Its type is u8, using the values from &nl80211_tid_config.
   5251 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RTSCTS_CTRL: Enable/Disable RTS_CTS for the TIDs
   5252 *	specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. It is u8 type, using
   5253 *	the values from &nl80211_tid_config.
   5254 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMSDU_CTRL: Enable/Disable MSDU aggregation
   5255 *	for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS.
   5256 *	Its type is u8, using the values from &nl80211_tid_config.
   5257 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE_TYPE: This attribute will be useful
   5258 *	to notfiy the driver that what type of txrate should be used
   5259 *	for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. using
   5260 *	the values form &nl80211_tx_rate_setting.
   5261 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE: Data frame TX rate mask should be applied
   5262 *	with the parameters passed through %NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES.
   5263 *	configuration is applied to the data frame for the tid to that connected
   5264 *	station.
   5265 */
   5266enum nl80211_tid_config_attr {
   5267	__NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_INVALID,
   5268	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PAD,
   5269	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_VIF_SUPP,
   5270	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PEER_SUPP,
   5271	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE,
   5272	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS,
   5273	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_NOACK,
   5274	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT,
   5275	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG,
   5276	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMPDU_CTRL,
   5277	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RTSCTS_CTRL,
   5278	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMSDU_CTRL,
   5279	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE_TYPE,
   5280	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE,
   5281
   5282	/* keep last */
   5283	__NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
   5284	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
   5285};
   5286
   5287/**
   5288 * enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr - packet pattern attribute
   5289 * @__NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
   5290 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN: the pattern, values where the mask has
   5291 *	a zero bit are ignored
   5292 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK: pattern mask, must be long enough to have
   5293 *	a bit for each byte in the pattern. The lowest-order bit corresponds
   5294 *	to the first byte of the pattern, but the bytes of the pattern are
   5295 *	in a little-endian-like format, i.e. the 9th byte of the pattern
   5296 *	corresponds to the lowest-order bit in the second byte of the mask.
   5297 *	For example: The match 00:xx:00:00:xx:00:00:00:00:xx:xx:xx (where
   5298 *	xx indicates "don't care") would be represented by a pattern of
   5299 *	twelve zero bytes, and a mask of "0xed,0x01".
   5300 *	Note that the pattern matching is done as though frames were not
   5301 *	802.11 frames but 802.3 frames, i.e. the frame is fully unpacked
   5302 *	first (including SNAP header unpacking) and then matched.
   5303 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET: packet offset, pattern is matched after
   5304 *	these fixed number of bytes of received packet
   5305 * @NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT: number of attributes
   5306 * @MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT: max attribute number
   5307 */
   5308enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr {
   5309	__NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID,
   5310	NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK,
   5311	NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN,
   5312	NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET,
   5313
   5314	NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT,
   5315	MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT = NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT - 1,
   5316};
   5317
   5318/**
   5319 * struct nl80211_pattern_support - packet pattern support information
   5320 * @max_patterns: maximum number of patterns supported
   5321 * @min_pattern_len: minimum length of each pattern
   5322 * @max_pattern_len: maximum length of each pattern
   5323 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset
   5324 *
   5325 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN when
   5326 * that is part of %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED or in
   5327 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN when that is part of
   5328 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the capability information given
   5329 * by the kernel to userspace.
   5330 */
   5331struct nl80211_pattern_support {
   5332	__u32 max_patterns;
   5333	__u32 min_pattern_len;
   5334	__u32 max_pattern_len;
   5335	__u32 max_pkt_offset;
   5336} __attribute__((packed));
   5337
   5338/* only for backward compatibility */
   5339#define __NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_INVALID __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID
   5340#define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_MASK NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK
   5341#define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_PATTERN NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN
   5342#define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_OFFSET NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET
   5343#define NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT
   5344#define MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT
   5345#define nl80211_wowlan_pattern_support nl80211_pattern_support
   5346
   5347/**
   5348 * enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers - WoWLAN trigger definitions
   5349 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
   5350 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY: wake up on any activity, do not really put
   5351 *	the chip into a special state -- works best with chips that have
   5352 *	support for low-power operation already (flag)
   5353 *	Note that this mode is incompatible with all of the others, if
   5354 *	any others are even supported by the device.
   5355 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT: wake up on disconnect, the way disconnect
   5356 *	is detected is implementation-specific (flag)
   5357 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT: wake up on magic packet (6x 0xff, followed
   5358 *	by 16 repetitions of MAC addr, anywhere in payload) (flag)
   5359 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN: wake up on the specified packet patterns
   5360 *	which are passed in an array of nested attributes, each nested attribute
   5361 *	defining a with attributes from &struct nl80211_wowlan_trig_pkt_pattern.
   5362 *	Each pattern defines a wakeup packet. Packet offset is associated with
   5363 *	each pattern which is used while matching the pattern. The matching is
   5364 *	done on the MSDU, i.e. as though the packet was an 802.3 packet, so the
   5365 *	pattern matching is done after the packet is converted to the MSDU.
   5366 *
   5367 *	In %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED, it is a binary attribute
   5368 *	carrying a &struct nl80211_pattern_support.
   5369 *
   5370 *	When reporting wakeup. it is a u32 attribute containing the 0-based
   5371 *	index of the pattern that caused the wakeup, in the patterns passed
   5372 *	to the kernel when configuring.
   5373 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED: Not a real trigger, and cannot be
   5374 *	used when setting, used only to indicate that GTK rekeying is supported
   5375 *	by the device (flag)
   5376 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: wake up on GTK rekey failure (if
   5377 *	done by the device) (flag)
   5378 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST: wake up on EAP Identity Request
   5379 *	packet (flag)
   5380 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: wake up on 4-way handshake (flag)
   5381 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE: wake up when rfkill is released
   5382 *	(on devices that have rfkill in the device) (flag)
   5383 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211: For wakeup reporting only, contains
   5384 *	the 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a deauth frame. The frame
   5385 *	may be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN
   5386 *	attribute contains the original length.
   5387 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN: Original length of the 802.11
   5388 *	packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211
   5389 *	attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere.
   5390 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023: For wakeup reporting only, contains the
   5391 *	802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a magic packet. The frame may
   5392 *	be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN attribute
   5393 *	contains the original length.
   5394 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN: Original length of the 802.3
   5395 *	packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023
   5396 *	attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere.
   5397 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION: TCP connection wake, see DOC section
   5398 *	"TCP connection wakeup" for more details. This is a nested attribute
   5399 *	containing the exact information for establishing and keeping alive
   5400 *	the TCP connection.
   5401 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_WAKEUP_MATCH: For wakeup reporting only, the
   5402 *	wakeup packet was received on the TCP connection
   5403 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST: For wakeup reporting only, the
   5404 *	TCP connection was lost or failed to be established
   5405 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS: For wakeup reporting only,
   5406 *	the TCP connection ran out of tokens to use for data to send to the
   5407 *	service
   5408 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT: wake up when a configured network
   5409 *	is detected.  This is a nested attribute that contains the
   5410 *	same attributes used with @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN.  It
   5411 *	specifies how the scan is performed (e.g. the interval, the
   5412 *	channels to scan and the initial delay) as well as the scan
   5413 *	results that will trigger a wake (i.e. the matchsets).  This
   5414 *	attribute is also sent in a response to
   5415 *	@NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, indicating the number of match sets
   5416 *	supported by the driver (u32).
   5417 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS: nested attribute
   5418 *	containing an array with information about what triggered the
   5419 *	wake up.  If no elements are present in the array, it means
   5420 *	that the information is not available.  If more than one
   5421 *	element is present, it means that more than one match
   5422 *	occurred.
   5423 *	Each element in the array is a nested attribute that contains
   5424 *	one optional %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute and one optional
   5425 *	%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES attribute.  At least one of
   5426 *	these attributes must be present.  If
   5427 *	%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES contains more than one
   5428 *	frequency, it means that the match occurred in more than one
   5429 *	channel.
   5430 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: number of wake on wireless triggers
   5431 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: highest wowlan trigger attribute number
   5432 *
   5433 * These nested attributes are used to configure the wakeup triggers and
   5434 * to report the wakeup reason(s).
   5435 */
   5436enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers {
   5437	__NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID,
   5438	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY,
   5439	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT,
   5440	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT,
   5441	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN,
   5442	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED,
   5443	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE,
   5444	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST,
   5445	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE,
   5446	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE,
   5447	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211,
   5448	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN,
   5449	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023,
   5450	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN,
   5451	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION,
   5452	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_MATCH,
   5453	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST,
   5454	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS,
   5455	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT,
   5456	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS,
   5457
   5458	/* keep last */
   5459	NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG,
   5460	MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG - 1
   5461};
   5462
   5463/**
   5464 * DOC: TCP connection wakeup
   5465 *
   5466 * Some devices can establish a TCP connection in order to be woken up by a
   5467 * packet coming in from outside their network segment, or behind NAT. If
   5468 * configured, the device will establish a TCP connection to the given
   5469 * service, and periodically send data to that service. The first data
   5470 * packet is usually transmitted after SYN/ACK, also ACKing the SYN/ACK.
   5471 * The data packets can optionally include a (little endian) sequence
   5472 * number (in the TCP payload!) that is generated by the device, and, also
   5473 * optionally, a token from a list of tokens. This serves as a keep-alive
   5474 * with the service, and for NATed connections, etc.
   5475 *
   5476 * During this keep-alive period, the server doesn't send any data to the
   5477 * client. When receiving data, it is compared against the wakeup pattern
   5478 * (and mask) and if it matches, the host is woken up. Similarly, if the
   5479 * connection breaks or cannot be established to start with, the host is
   5480 * also woken up.
   5481 *
   5482 * Developer's note: ARP offload is required for this, otherwise TCP
   5483 * response packets might not go through correctly.
   5484 */
   5485
   5486/**
   5487 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq - WoWLAN TCP data sequence
   5488 * @start: starting value
   5489 * @offset: offset of sequence number in packet
   5490 * @len: length of the sequence value to write, 1 through 4
   5491 *
   5492 * Note: don't confuse with the TCP sequence number(s), this is for the
   5493 * keepalive packet payload. The actual value is written into the packet
   5494 * in little endian.
   5495 */
   5496struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq {
   5497	__u32 start, offset, len;
   5498};
   5499
   5500/**
   5501 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token - WoWLAN TCP data token config
   5502 * @offset: offset of token in packet
   5503 * @len: length of each token
   5504 * @token_stream: stream of data to be used for the tokens, the length must
   5505 *	be a multiple of @len for this to make sense
   5506 */
   5507struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token {
   5508	__u32 offset, len;
   5509	__u8 token_stream[];
   5510};
   5511
   5512/**
   5513 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature - data token features
   5514 * @min_len: minimum token length
   5515 * @max_len: maximum token length
   5516 * @bufsize: total available token buffer size (max size of @token_stream)
   5517 */
   5518struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature {
   5519	__u32 min_len, max_len, bufsize;
   5520};
   5521
   5522/**
   5523 * enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs - WoWLAN TCP connection parameters
   5524 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
   5525 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4: source IPv4 address (in network byte order)
   5526 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4: destination IPv4 address
   5527 *	(in network byte order)
   5528 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC: destination MAC address, this is given because
   5529 *	route lookup when configured might be invalid by the time we suspend,
   5530 *	and doing a route lookup when suspending is no longer possible as it
   5531 *	might require ARP querying.
   5532 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT: source port (u16); optional, if not given a
   5533 *	socket and port will be allocated
   5534 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT: destination port (u16)
   5535 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD: data packet payload, at least one byte.
   5536 *	For feature advertising, a u32 attribute holding the maximum length
   5537 *	of the data payload.
   5538 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ: data packet sequence configuration
   5539 *	(if desired), a &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq. For feature
   5540 *	advertising it is just a flag
   5541 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN: data packet token configuration,
   5542 *	see &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token and for advertising see
   5543 *	&struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature.
   5544 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL: data interval in seconds, maximum
   5545 *	interval in feature advertising (u32)
   5546 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD: wake packet payload, for advertising a
   5547 *	u32 attribute holding the maximum length
   5548 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK: Wake packet payload mask, not used for
   5549 *	feature advertising. The mask works like @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK
   5550 *	but on the TCP payload only.
   5551 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: number of TCP attributes
   5552 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: highest attribute number
   5553 */
   5554enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs {
   5555	__NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID,
   5556	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4,
   5557	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4,
   5558	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC,
   5559	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT,
   5560	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT,
   5561	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD,
   5562	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ,
   5563	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN,
   5564	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL,
   5565	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD,
   5566	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK,
   5567
   5568	/* keep last */
   5569	NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP,
   5570	MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP - 1
   5571};
   5572
   5573/**
   5574 * struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support - coalesce rule support information
   5575 * @max_rules: maximum number of rules supported
   5576 * @pat: packet pattern support information
   5577 * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs
   5578 *
   5579 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the
   5580 * capability information given by the kernel to userspace.
   5581 */
   5582struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support {
   5583	__u32 max_rules;
   5584	struct nl80211_pattern_support pat;
   5585	__u32 max_delay;
   5586} __attribute__((packed));
   5587
   5588/**
   5589 * enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule - coalesce rule attribute
   5590 * @__NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
   5591 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY: delay in msecs used for packet coalescing
   5592 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION: condition for packet coalescence,
   5593 *	see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition.
   5594 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN: packet offset, pattern is matched
   5595 *	after these fixed number of bytes of received packet
   5596 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: number of attributes
   5597 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX: max attribute number
   5598 */
   5599enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule {
   5600	__NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID,
   5601	NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY,
   5602	NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION,
   5603	NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN,
   5604
   5605	/* keep last */
   5606	NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE,
   5607	NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE - 1
   5608};
   5609
   5610/**
   5611 * enum nl80211_coalesce_condition - coalesce rule conditions
   5612 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH: coalaesce Rx packets when patterns
   5613 *	in a rule are matched.
   5614 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH: coalesce Rx packets when patterns
   5615 *	in a rule are not matched.
   5616 */
   5617enum nl80211_coalesce_condition {
   5618	NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH,
   5619	NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH
   5620};
   5621
   5622/**
   5623 * enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs - limit attributes
   5624 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC: (reserved)
   5625 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX: maximum number of interfaces that
   5626 *	can be chosen from this set of interface types (u32)
   5627 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES: nested attribute containing a
   5628 *	flag attribute for each interface type in this set
   5629 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: number of attributes
   5630 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: highest attribute number
   5631 */
   5632enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs {
   5633	NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC,
   5634	NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX,
   5635	NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES,
   5636
   5637	/* keep last */
   5638	NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT,
   5639	MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT - 1
   5640};
   5641
   5642/**
   5643 * enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs -- interface combination attributes
   5644 *
   5645 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC: (reserved)
   5646 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS: Nested attributes containing the limits
   5647 *	for given interface types, see &enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs.
   5648 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM: u32 attribute giving the total number of
   5649 *	interfaces that can be created in this group. This number doesn't
   5650 *	apply to interfaces purely managed in software, which are listed
   5651 *	in a separate attribute %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACES_SOFTWARE.
   5652 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH: flag attribute specifying that
   5653 *	beacon intervals within this group must be all the same even for
   5654 *	infrastructure and AP/GO combinations, i.e. the GO(s) must adopt
   5655 *	the infrastructure network's beacon interval.
   5656 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS: u32 attribute specifying how many
   5657 *	different channels may be used within this group.
   5658 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap
   5659 *	of supported channel widths for radar detection.
   5660 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap
   5661 *	of supported regulatory regions for radar detection.
   5662 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD: u32 attribute specifying the minimum GCD of
   5663 *	different beacon intervals supported by all the interface combinations
   5664 *	in this group (if not present, all beacon intervals be identical).
   5665 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: number of attributes
   5666 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: highest attribute number
   5667 *
   5668 * Examples:
   5669 *	limits = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{AP} <= 1 ], matching BI, channels = 1, max = 2
   5670 *	=> allows an AP and a STA that must match BIs
   5671 *
   5672 *	numbers = [ #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8 ], BI min gcd, channels = 1, max = 8,
   5673 *	=> allows 8 of AP/GO that can have BI gcd >= min gcd
   5674 *
   5675 *	numbers = [ #{STA} <= 2 ], channels = 2, max = 2
   5676 *	=> allows two STAs on the same or on different channels
   5677 *
   5678 *	numbers = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 ], max = 4
   5679 *	=> allows a STA plus three P2P interfaces
   5680 *
   5681 * The list of these four possibilities could completely be contained
   5682 * within the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute to indicate
   5683 * that any of these groups must match.
   5684 *
   5685 * "Combinations" of just a single interface will not be listed here,
   5686 * a single interface of any valid interface type is assumed to always
   5687 * be possible by itself. This means that implicitly, for each valid
   5688 * interface type, the following group always exists:
   5689 *	numbers = [ #{<type>} <= 1 ], channels = 1, max = 1
   5690 */
   5691enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs {
   5692	NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC,
   5693	NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS,
   5694	NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM,
   5695	NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH,
   5696	NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS,
   5697	NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS,
   5698	NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS,
   5699	NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD,
   5700
   5701	/* keep last */
   5702	NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB,
   5703	MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB - 1
   5704};
   5705
   5706
   5707/**
   5708 * enum nl80211_plink_state - state of a mesh peer link finite state machine
   5709 *
   5710 * @NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN: initial state, considered the implicit
   5711 *	state of non existent mesh peer links
   5712 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT: mesh plink open frame has been sent to
   5713 *	this mesh peer
   5714 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD: mesh plink open frame has been received
   5715 *	from this mesh peer
   5716 * @NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD: mesh plink confirm frame has been
   5717 *	received from this mesh peer
   5718 * @NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB: mesh peer link is established
   5719 * @NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING: mesh peer link is being closed or cancelled
   5720 * @NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED: all frames transmitted from this mesh
   5721 *	plink are discarded, except for authentication frames
   5722 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: number of peer link states
   5723 * @MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: highest numerical value of plink states
   5724 */
   5725enum nl80211_plink_state {
   5726	NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN,
   5727	NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT,
   5728	NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD,
   5729	NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD,
   5730	NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB,
   5731	NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING,
   5732	NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED,
   5733
   5734	/* keep last */
   5735	NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES,
   5736	MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES = NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES - 1
   5737};
   5738
   5739/**
   5740 * enum nl80211_plink_action - actions to perform in mesh peers
   5741 *
   5742 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION: perform no action
   5743 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN: start mesh peer link establishment
   5744 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK: block traffic from this mesh peer
   5745 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS: number of possible actions
   5746 */
   5747enum plink_actions {
   5748	NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION,
   5749	NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN,
   5750	NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK,
   5751
   5752	NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS,
   5753};
   5754
   5755
   5756#define NL80211_KCK_LEN			16
   5757#define NL80211_KEK_LEN			16
   5758#define NL80211_KCK_EXT_LEN		24
   5759#define NL80211_KEK_EXT_LEN		32
   5760#define NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN		8
   5761
   5762/**
   5763 * enum nl80211_rekey_data - attributes for GTK rekey offload
   5764 * @__NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
   5765 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK: key encryption key (binary)
   5766 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK: key confirmation key (binary)
   5767 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR: replay counter (binary)
   5768 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_AKM: AKM data (OUI, suite type)
   5769 * @NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: number of rekey attributes (internal)
   5770 * @MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: highest rekey attribute (internal)
   5771 */
   5772enum nl80211_rekey_data {
   5773	__NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID,
   5774	NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK,
   5775	NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK,
   5776	NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR,
   5777	NL80211_REKEY_DATA_AKM,
   5778
   5779	/* keep last */
   5780	NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA,
   5781	MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA = NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA - 1
   5782};
   5783
   5784/**
   5785 * enum nl80211_hidden_ssid - values for %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID
   5786 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE: do not hide SSID (i.e., broadcast it in
   5787 *	Beacon frames)
   5788 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN: hide SSID by using zero-length SSID element
   5789 *	in Beacon frames
   5790 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS: hide SSID by using correct length of SSID
   5791 *	element in Beacon frames but zero out each byte in the SSID
   5792 */
   5793enum nl80211_hidden_ssid {
   5794	NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE,
   5795	NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN,
   5796	NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS
   5797};
   5798
   5799/**
   5800 * enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr - station WME attributes
   5801 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
   5802 * @NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES: bitmap of uapsd queues. the format
   5803 *	is the same as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field.
   5804 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP: max service period. the format is the same
   5805 *	as the MAX_SP field in the QoS info field (but already shifted down).
   5806 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST: internal
   5807 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX: highest station WME attribute
   5808 */
   5809enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr {
   5810	__NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID,
   5811	NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES,
   5812	NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP,
   5813
   5814	/* keep last */
   5815	__NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST,
   5816	NL80211_STA_WME_MAX = __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST - 1
   5817};
   5818
   5819/**
   5820 * enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr - attributes for PMKSA caching candidates
   5821 * @__NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
   5822 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX: candidate index (u32; the smaller, the higher
   5823 *	priority)
   5824 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID: candidate BSSID (6 octets)
   5825 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH: RSN pre-authentication supported (flag)
   5826 * @NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: number of PMKSA caching candidate attributes
   5827 *	(internal)
   5828 * @MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: highest PMKSA caching candidate attribute
   5829 *	(internal)
   5830 */
   5831enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr {
   5832	__NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID,
   5833	NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX,
   5834	NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID,
   5835	NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH,
   5836
   5837	/* keep last */
   5838	NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
   5839	MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE = NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE - 1
   5840};
   5841
   5842/**
   5843 * enum nl80211_tdls_operation - values for %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION
   5844 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ: Send a TDLS discovery request
   5845 * @NL80211_TDLS_SETUP: Setup TDLS link
   5846 * @NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN: Teardown a TDLS link which is already established
   5847 * @NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK: Enable TDLS link
   5848 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK: Disable TDLS link
   5849 */
   5850enum nl80211_tdls_operation {
   5851	NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ,
   5852	NL80211_TDLS_SETUP,
   5853	NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN,
   5854	NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK,
   5855	NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK,
   5856};
   5857
   5858/**
   5859 * enum nl80211_ap_sme_features - device-integrated AP features
   5860 * @NL80211_AP_SME_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD: SA Query procedures offloaded to driver
   5861 *	when user space indicates support for SA Query procedures offload during
   5862 *	"start ap" with %NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT.
   5863 */
   5864enum nl80211_ap_sme_features {
   5865	NL80211_AP_SME_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD		= 1 << 0,
   5866};
   5867
   5868/**
   5869 * enum nl80211_feature_flags - device/driver features
   5870 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS: This driver supports reflecting back
   5871 *	TX status to the socket error queue when requested with the
   5872 *	socket option.
   5873 * @NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with HT datarates.
   5874 * @NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER: This driver takes care of freeing up
   5875 *	the connected inactive stations in AP mode.
   5876 * @NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS: This driver has been tested
   5877 *	to work properly to suppport receiving regulatory hints from
   5878 *	cellular base stations.
   5879 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL: (no longer available, only
   5880 *	here to reserve the value for API/ABI compatibility)
   5881 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SAE: This driver supports simultaneous authentication of
   5882 *	equals (SAE) with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station
   5883 *	mode
   5884 * @NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN: This driver supports low priority scan
   5885 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH: Scan flush is supported
   5886 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN: Support scanning using an AP vif
   5887 * @NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER: The driver supports per-vif TX power setting
   5888 * @NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN: The driver expects userspace to perform
   5889 *	OBSS scans and generate 20/40 BSS coex reports. This flag is used only
   5890 *	for drivers implementing the CONNECT API, for AUTH/ASSOC it is implied.
   5891 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN: P2P GO implementation supports CT Window
   5892 *	setting
   5893 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS: P2P GO implementation supports opportunistic
   5894 *	powersave
   5895 * @NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE: The driver supports full state
   5896 *	transitions for AP clients. Without this flag (and if the driver
   5897 *	doesn't have the AP SME in the device) the driver supports adding
   5898 *	stations only when they're associated and adds them in associated
   5899 *	state (to later be transitioned into authorized), with this flag
   5900 *	they should be added before even sending the authentication reply
   5901 *	and then transitioned into authenticated, associated and authorized
   5902 *	states using station flags.
   5903 *	Note that even for drivers that support this, the default is to add
   5904 *	stations in authenticated/associated state, so to add unauthenticated
   5905 *	stations the authenticated/associated bits have to be set in the mask.
   5906 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS: cfg80211 advertises channel limits
   5907 *	(HT40, VHT 80/160 MHz) if this flag is set
   5908 * @NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM: This driver supports a userspace Mesh
   5909 *	Peering Management entity which may be implemented by registering for
   5910 *	beacons or NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE events. The mesh beacon is
   5911 *	still generated by the driver.
   5912 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR: This driver supports an active monitor
   5913 *	interface. An active monitor interface behaves like a normal monitor
   5914 *	interface, but gets added to the driver. It ensures that incoming
   5915 *	unicast packets directed at the configured interface address get ACKed.
   5916 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE: This driver supports dynamic
   5917 *	channel bandwidth change (e.g., HT 20 <-> 40 MHz channel) during the
   5918 *	lifetime of a BSS.
   5919 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a DS Parameter
   5920 *	Set IE to probe requests.
   5921 * @NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a WFA TPC Report IE
   5922 *	to probe requests.
   5923 * @NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET: This device, in client mode, supports Quiet Period
   5924 *	requests sent to it by an AP.
   5925 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION: This device is capable of inserting the
   5926 *	current tx power value into the TPC Report IE in the spectrum
   5927 *	management TPC Report action frame, and in the Radio Measurement Link
   5928 *	Measurement Report action frame.
   5929 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION: This driver supports dynamic ACK timeout
   5930 *	estimation (dynack). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK flag attribute is used
   5931 *	to enable dynack.
   5932 * @NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS: Device supports static spatial
   5933 *	multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain
   5934 *	even on HT connections that should be using more chains.
   5935 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS: Device supports dynamic spatial
   5936 *	multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain
   5937 *	and then wake the rest up as required after, for example,
   5938 *	rts/cts handshake.
   5939 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION: the device supports setting up WMM
   5940 *	TSPEC sessions (TID aka TSID 0-7) with the %NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS
   5941 *	command. Standard IEEE 802.11 TSPEC setup is not yet supported, it
   5942 *	needs to be able to handle Block-Ack agreements and other things.
   5943 * @NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE: Device supports configuring
   5944 *	the vif's MAC address upon creation.
   5945 *	See 'macaddr' field in the vif_params (cfg80211.h).
   5946 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Driver supports channel switching when
   5947 *	operating as a TDLS peer.
   5948 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a
   5949 *	random MAC address during scan (if the device is unassociated); the
   5950 *	%NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR flag may be set for scans and the MAC
   5951 *	address mask/value will be used.
   5952 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports
   5953 *	using a random MAC address for every scan iteration during scheduled
   5954 *	scan (while not associated), the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may
   5955 *	be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used.
   5956 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a
   5957 *	random MAC address for every scan iteration during "net detect", i.e.
   5958 *	scan in unassociated WoWLAN, the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may
   5959 *	be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used.
   5960 */
   5961enum nl80211_feature_flags {
   5962	NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS			= 1 << 0,
   5963	NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS				= 1 << 1,
   5964	NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER		= 1 << 2,
   5965	NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS		= 1 << 3,
   5966	NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL	= 1 << 4,
   5967	NL80211_FEATURE_SAE				= 1 << 5,
   5968	NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN		= 1 << 6,
   5969	NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH			= 1 << 7,
   5970	NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN				= 1 << 8,
   5971	NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER			= 1 << 9,
   5972	NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN			= 1 << 10,
   5973	NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN			= 1 << 11,
   5974	NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS			= 1 << 12,
   5975	/* bit 13 is reserved */
   5976	NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS		= 1 << 14,
   5977	NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE		= 1 << 15,
   5978	NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM			= 1 << 16,
   5979	NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR			= 1 << 17,
   5980	NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE	= 1 << 18,
   5981	NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES	= 1 << 19,
   5982	NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES		= 1 << 20,
   5983	NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET				= 1 << 21,
   5984	NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION		= 1 << 22,
   5985	NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION		= 1 << 23,
   5986	NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS			= 1 << 24,
   5987	NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS			= 1 << 25,
   5988	NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION		= 1 << 26,
   5989	NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE			= 1 << 27,
   5990	NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH		= 1 << 28,
   5991	NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR		= 1 << 29,
   5992	NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR	= 1 << 30,
   5993	NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR		= 1U << 31,
   5994};
   5995
   5996/**
   5997 * enum nl80211_ext_feature_index - bit index of extended features.
   5998 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with VHT datarates.
   5999 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM: This driver supports RRM. When featured, user can
   6000 *	request to use RRM (see %NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM) with
   6001 *	%NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests, which will set
   6002 *	the ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM flag in the association request even if
   6003 *	NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET is not advertized.
   6004 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER: This device supports MU-MIMO air
   6005 *	sniffer which means that it can be configured to hear packets from
   6006 *	certain groups which can be configured by the
   6007 *	%NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA attribute,
   6008 *	or can be configured to follow a station by configuring the
   6009 *	%NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR attribute.
   6010 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME: This driver includes the actual
   6011 *	time the scan started in scan results event. The time is the TSF of
   6012 *	the BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to
   6013 *	(if available).
   6014 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF: Per BSS, this driver reports the
   6015 *	time the last beacon/probe was received. The time is the TSF of the
   6016 *	BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to
   6017 *	(if available).
   6018 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL: This driver supports configuration of
   6019 *	channel dwell time.
   6020 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY: Driver supports beacon rate
   6021 *	configuration (AP/mesh), supporting a legacy (non HT/VHT) rate.
   6022 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT: Driver supports beacon rate
   6023 *	configuration (AP/mesh) with HT rates.
   6024 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT: Driver supports beacon rate
   6025 *	configuration (AP/mesh) with VHT rates.
   6026 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA: This driver supports Fast Initial Link Setup
   6027 *	with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station mode.
   6028 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA: This driver supports randomized TA
   6029 *	in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while not associated.
   6030 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED: This driver supports
   6031 *	randomized TA in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while associated.
   6032 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: The driver supports sched_scan
   6033 *	for reporting BSSs with better RSSI than the current connected BSS
   6034 *	(%NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI).
   6035 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST: With this driver the
   6036 *	%NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD attribute accepts a list of zero or more
   6037 *	RSSI threshold values to monitor rather than exactly one threshold.
   6038 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD: Driver SME supports FILS shared key
   6039 *	authentication with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
   6040 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way
   6041 *	handshake with PSK in station mode (PSK is passed as part of the connect
   6042 *	and associate commands), doing it in the host might not be supported.
   6043 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X: Device wants to do doing 4-way
   6044 *	handshake with 802.1X in station mode (will pass EAP frames to the host
   6045 *	and accept the set_pmk/del_pmk commands), doing it in the host might not
   6046 *	be supported.
   6047 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: Driver is capable of overriding
   6048 *	the max channel attribute in the FILS request params IE with the
   6049 *	actual dwell time.
   6050 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Driver accepts broadcast probe
   6051 *	response
   6052 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: Driver supports sending
   6053 *	the first probe request in each channel at rate of at least 5.5Mbps.
   6054 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: Driver supports
   6055 *	probe request tx deferral and suppression
   6056 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL: Driver supports the %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL
   6057 *	value in %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP.
   6058 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN: Driver supports low span scan.
   6059 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN: Driver supports low power scan.
   6060 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN: Driver supports high accuracy scan.
   6061 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD: HW/driver will offload DFS actions.
   6062 *	Device or driver will do all DFS-related actions by itself,
   6063 *	informing user-space about CAC progress, radar detection event,
   6064 *	channel change triggered by radar detection event.
   6065 *	No need to start CAC from user-space, no need to react to
   6066 *	"radar detected" event.
   6067 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: Driver supports sending and
   6068 *	receiving control port frames over nl80211 instead of the netdevice.
   6069 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT: This driver/device supports
   6070 *	(average) ACK signal strength reporting.
   6071 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS: Driver supports FQ-CoDel-enabled intermediate
   6072 *      TXQs.
   6073 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN: Driver/device supports randomizing the
   6074 *	SN in probe request frames if requested by %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN.
   6075 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: Driver/device can omit all data
   6076 *	except for supported rates from the probe request content if requested
   6077 *	by the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT flag.
   6078 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER: Driver supports enabling fine
   6079 *	timing measurement responder role.
   6080 *
   6081 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0: Driver/device confirm that they are
   6082 *      able to rekey an in-use key correctly. Userspace must not rekey PTK keys
   6083 *      if this flag is not set. Ignoring this can leak clear text packets and/or
   6084 *      freeze the connection.
   6085 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID: Driver supports "Extended Key ID for
   6086 *      Individually Addressed Frames" from IEEE802.11-2016.
   6087 *
   6088 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS: Driver supports getting airtime
   6089 *	fairness for transmitted packets and has enabled airtime fairness
   6090 *	scheduling.
   6091 *
   6092 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING: Driver/device supports PMKSA caching
   6093 *	(set/del PMKSA operations) in AP mode.
   6094 *
   6095 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD: Driver supports
   6096 *	filtering of sched scan results using band specific RSSI thresholds.
   6097 *
   6098 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_STA_TX_PWR: This driver supports controlling tx power
   6099 *	to a station.
   6100 *
   6101 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD: Device wants to do SAE authentication in
   6102 *	station mode (SAE password is passed as part of the connect command).
   6103 *
   6104 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD: The driver supports a single netdev
   6105 *	with VLAN tagged frames and separate VLAN-specific netdevs added using
   6106 *	vconfig similarly to the Ethernet case.
   6107 *
   6108 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AQL: The driver supports the Airtime Queue Limit (AQL)
   6109 *	feature, which prevents bufferbloat by using the expected transmission
   6110 *	time to limit the amount of data buffered in the hardware.
   6111 *
   6112 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION: The driver supports Beacon protection
   6113 *	and can receive key configuration for BIGTK using key indexes 6 and 7.
   6114 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION_CLIENT: The driver supports Beacon
   6115 *	protection as a client only and cannot transmit protected beacons.
   6116 *
   6117 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH: The driver can disable the
   6118 *	forwarding of preauth frames over the control port. They are then
   6119 *	handled as ordinary data frames.
   6120 *
   6121 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROTECTED_TWT: Driver supports protected TWT frames
   6122 *
   6123 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DEL_IBSS_STA: The driver supports removing stations
   6124 *      in IBSS mode, essentially by dropping their state.
   6125 *
   6126 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS: management frame registrations
   6127 *	are possible for multicast frames and those will be reported properly.
   6128 *
   6129 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ: This driver supports receiving and
   6130 *	reporting scan request with %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ. In order to
   6131 *	report %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ, %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ must be
   6132 *	included in the scan request.
   6133 *
   6134 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211_TX_STATUS: The driver
   6135 *	can report tx status for control port over nl80211 tx operations.
   6136 *
   6137 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OPERATING_CHANNEL_VALIDATION: Driver supports Operating
   6138 *	Channel Validation (OCV) when using driver's SME for RSNA handshakes.
   6139 *
   6140 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way
   6141 *	handshake with PSK in AP mode (PSK is passed as part of the start AP
   6142 *	command).
   6143 *
   6144 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP: Device wants to do SAE authentication
   6145 *	in AP mode (SAE password is passed as part of the start AP command).
   6146 *
   6147 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_DISCOVERY: Driver/device supports FILS discovery
   6148 *	frames transmission
   6149 *
   6150 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Driver/device supports
   6151 *	unsolicited broadcast probe response transmission
   6152 *
   6153 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HE: Driver supports beacon rate
   6154 *	configuration (AP/mesh) with HE rates.
   6155 *
   6156 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_LTF: Device supports secure LTF measurement
   6157 *      exchange protocol.
   6158 *
   6159 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_RTT: Device supports secure RTT measurement
   6160 *      exchange protocol.
   6161 *
   6162 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROT_RANGE_NEGO_AND_MEASURE: Device supports management
   6163 *      frame protection for all management frames exchanged during the
   6164 *      negotiation and range measurement procedure.
   6165 *
   6166 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_COLOR: The driver supports BSS color collision
   6167 *	detection and change announcemnts.
   6168 *
   6169 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_CRYPTO_OFFLOAD: Driver running in AP mode supports
   6170 *	FILS encryption and decryption for (Re)Association Request and Response
   6171 *	frames. Userspace has to share FILS AAD details to the driver by using
   6172 *	@NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD.
   6173 *
   6174 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RADAR_BACKGROUND: Device supports background radar/CAC
   6175 *	detection.
   6176 *
   6177 * @NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: number of extended features.
   6178 * @MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: highest extended feature index.
   6179 */
   6180enum nl80211_ext_feature_index {
   6181	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS,
   6182	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM,
   6183	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER,
   6184	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME,
   6185	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF,
   6186	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL,
   6187	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY,
   6188	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT,
   6189	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT,
   6190	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA,
   6191	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA,
   6192	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED,
   6193	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI,
   6194	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST,
   6195	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD,
   6196	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK,
   6197	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X,
   6198	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME,
   6199	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP,
   6200	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE,
   6201	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION,
   6202	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL,
   6203	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN,
   6204	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN,
   6205	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN,
   6206	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD,
   6207	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211,
   6208	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT,
   6209	/* we renamed this - stay compatible */
   6210	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT = NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT,
   6211	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS,
   6212	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN,
   6213	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT,
   6214	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0,
   6215	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER,
   6216	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS,
   6217	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING,
   6218	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD,
   6219	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID,
   6220	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_STA_TX_PWR,
   6221	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD,
   6222	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD,
   6223	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AQL,
   6224	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION,
   6225	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH,
   6226	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROTECTED_TWT,
   6227	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DEL_IBSS_STA,
   6228	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS,
   6229	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION_CLIENT,
   6230	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ,
   6231	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211_TX_STATUS,
   6232	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OPERATING_CHANNEL_VALIDATION,
   6233	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK,
   6234	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP,
   6235	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_DISCOVERY,
   6236	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP,
   6237	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HE,
   6238	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_LTF,
   6239	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_RTT,
   6240	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROT_RANGE_NEGO_AND_MEASURE,
   6241	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_COLOR,
   6242	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_CRYPTO_OFFLOAD,
   6243	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RADAR_BACKGROUND,
   6244
   6245	/* add new features before the definition below */
   6246	NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES,
   6247	MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES = NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES - 1
   6248};
   6249
   6250/**
   6251 * enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr - optional supported
   6252 *	protocols for probe-response offloading by the driver/FW.
   6253 *	To be used with the %NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD attribute.
   6254 *	Each enum value represents a bit in the bitmap of supported
   6255 *	protocols. Typically a subset of probe-requests belonging to a
   6256 *	supported protocol will be excluded from offload and uploaded
   6257 *	to the host.
   6258 *
   6259 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS: Support for WPS ver. 1
   6260 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2: Support for WPS ver. 2
   6261 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P: Support for P2P
   6262 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U: Support for 802.11u
   6263 */
   6264enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr {
   6265	NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS =	1<<0,
   6266	NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2 =	1<<1,
   6267	NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P =	1<<2,
   6268	NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U =	1<<3,
   6269};
   6270
   6271/**
   6272 * enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason - connection request failed reasons
   6273 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS: Maximum number of clients that can be
   6274 *	handled by the AP is reached.
   6275 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT: Connection request is rejected due to ACL.
   6276 */
   6277enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason {
   6278	NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS,
   6279	NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT,
   6280};
   6281
   6282/**
   6283 * enum nl80211_timeout_reason - timeout reasons
   6284 *
   6285 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED: Timeout reason unspecified.
   6286 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN: Scan (AP discovery) timed out.
   6287 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH: Authentication timed out.
   6288 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC: Association timed out.
   6289 */
   6290enum nl80211_timeout_reason {
   6291	NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED,
   6292	NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN,
   6293	NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH,
   6294	NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC,
   6295};
   6296
   6297/**
   6298 * enum nl80211_scan_flags -  scan request control flags
   6299 *
   6300 * Scan request control flags are used to control the handling
   6301 * of NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN
   6302 * requests.
   6303 *
   6304 * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN, NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER, and
   6305 * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY flags are exclusive of each other, i.e., only
   6306 * one of them can be used in the request.
   6307 *
   6308 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY: scan request has low priority
   6309 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH: flush cache before scanning
   6310 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP: force a scan even if the interface is configured
   6311 *	as AP and the beaconing has already been configured. This attribute is
   6312 *	dangerous because will destroy stations performance as a lot of frames
   6313 *	will be lost while scanning off-channel, therefore it must be used only
   6314 *	when really needed
   6315 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR: use a random MAC address for this scan (or
   6316 *	for scheduled scan: a different one for every scan iteration). When the
   6317 *	flag is set, depending on device capabilities the @NL80211_ATTR_MAC and
   6318 *	@NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes may also be given in which case only
   6319 *	the masked bits will be preserved from the MAC address and the remainder
   6320 *	randomised. If the attributes are not given full randomisation (46 bits,
   6321 *	locally administered 1, multicast 0) is assumed.
   6322 *	This flag must not be requested when the feature isn't supported, check
   6323 *	the nl80211 feature flags for the device.
   6324 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: fill the dwell time in the FILS
   6325 *	request parameters IE in the probe request
   6326 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: accept broadcast probe responses
   6327 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: send probe request frames at
   6328 *	rate of at least 5.5M. In case non OCE AP is discovered in the channel,
   6329 *	only the first probe req in the channel will be sent in high rate.
   6330 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: allow probe request
   6331 *	tx deferral (dot11FILSProbeDelay shall be set to 15ms)
   6332 *	and suppression (if it has received a broadcast Probe Response frame,
   6333 *	Beacon frame or FILS Discovery frame from an AP that the STA considers
   6334 *	a suitable candidate for (re-)association - suitable in terms of
   6335 *	SSID and/or RSSI.
   6336 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN: Span corresponds to the total time taken to
   6337 *	accomplish the scan. Thus, this flag intends the driver to perform the
   6338 *	scan request with lesser span/duration. It is specific to the driver
   6339 *	implementations on how this is accomplished. Scan accuracy may get
   6340 *	impacted with this flag.
   6341 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER: This flag intends the scan attempts to consume
   6342 *	optimal possible power. Drivers can resort to their specific means to
   6343 *	optimize the power. Scan accuracy may get impacted with this flag.
   6344 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY: Accuracy here intends to the extent of scan
   6345 *	results obtained. Thus HIGH_ACCURACY scan flag aims to get maximum
   6346 *	possible scan results. This flag hints the driver to use the best
   6347 *	possible scan configuration to improve the accuracy in scanning.
   6348 *	Latency and power use may get impacted with this flag.
   6349 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN: randomize the sequence number in probe
   6350 *	request frames from this scan to avoid correlation/tracking being
   6351 *	possible.
   6352 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: minimize probe request content to
   6353 *	only have supported rates and no additional capabilities (unless
   6354 *	added by userspace explicitly.)
   6355 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ: report scan results with
   6356 *	%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ. This also means
   6357 *	%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES will not be included.
   6358 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_COLOCATED_6GHZ: scan for colocated APs reported by
   6359 *	2.4/5 GHz APs
   6360 */
   6361enum nl80211_scan_flags {
   6362	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY				= 1<<0,
   6363	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH					= 1<<1,
   6364	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP					= 1<<2,
   6365	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR				= 1<<3,
   6366	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME			= 1<<4,
   6367	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP		= 1<<5,
   6368	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE		= 1<<6,
   6369	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION	= 1<<7,
   6370	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN				= 1<<8,
   6371	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER				= 1<<9,
   6372	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY				= 1<<10,
   6373	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN				= 1<<11,
   6374	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT			= 1<<12,
   6375	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ				= 1<<13,
   6376	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_COLOCATED_6GHZ			= 1<<14,
   6377};
   6378
   6379/**
   6380 * enum nl80211_acl_policy - access control policy
   6381 *
   6382 * Access control policy is applied on a MAC list set by
   6383 * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP and %NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL, to
   6384 * be used with %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY.
   6385 *
   6386 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED: Deny stations which are
   6387 *	listed in ACL, i.e. allow all the stations which are not listed
   6388 *	in ACL to authenticate.
   6389 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED: Allow the stations which are listed
   6390 *	in ACL, i.e. deny all the stations which are not listed in ACL.
   6391 */
   6392enum nl80211_acl_policy {
   6393	NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED,
   6394	NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED,
   6395};
   6396
   6397/**
   6398 * enum nl80211_smps_mode - SMPS mode
   6399 *
   6400 * Requested SMPS mode (for AP mode)
   6401 *
   6402 * @NL80211_SMPS_OFF: SMPS off (use all antennas).
   6403 * @NL80211_SMPS_STATIC: static SMPS (use a single antenna)
   6404 * @NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC: dynamic smps (start with a single antenna and
   6405 *	turn on other antennas after CTS/RTS).
   6406 */
   6407enum nl80211_smps_mode {
   6408	NL80211_SMPS_OFF,
   6409	NL80211_SMPS_STATIC,
   6410	NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC,
   6411
   6412	__NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST,
   6413	NL80211_SMPS_MAX = __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST - 1
   6414};
   6415
   6416/**
   6417 * enum nl80211_radar_event - type of radar event for DFS operation
   6418 *
   6419 * Type of event to be used with NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT to inform userspace
   6420 * about detected radars or success of the channel available check (CAC)
   6421 *
   6422 * @NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED: A radar pattern has been detected. The channel is
   6423 *	now unusable.
   6424 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED: Channel Availability Check has been finished,
   6425 *	the channel is now available.
   6426 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED: Channel Availability Check has been aborted, no
   6427 *	change to the channel status.
   6428 * @NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED: The Non-Occupancy Period for this channel is
   6429 *	over, channel becomes usable.
   6430 * @NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED: Channel Availability Check done on this
   6431 *	non-operating channel is expired and no longer valid. New CAC must
   6432 *	be done on this channel before starting the operation. This is not
   6433 *	applicable for ETSI dfs domain where pre-CAC is valid for ever.
   6434 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED: Channel Availability Check has been started,
   6435 *	should be generated by HW if NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD is enabled.
   6436 */
   6437enum nl80211_radar_event {
   6438	NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED,
   6439	NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED,
   6440	NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED,
   6441	NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED,
   6442	NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED,
   6443	NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED,
   6444};
   6445
   6446/**
   6447 * enum nl80211_dfs_state - DFS states for channels
   6448 *
   6449 * Channel states used by the DFS code.
   6450 *
   6451 * @NL80211_DFS_USABLE: The channel can be used, but channel availability
   6452 *	check (CAC) must be performed before using it for AP or IBSS.
   6453 * @NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE: A radar has been detected on this channel, it
   6454 *	is therefore marked as not available.
   6455 * @NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE: The channel has been CAC checked and is available.
   6456 */
   6457enum nl80211_dfs_state {
   6458	NL80211_DFS_USABLE,
   6459	NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE,
   6460	NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE,
   6461};
   6462
   6463/**
   6464 * enum nl80211_protocol_features - nl80211 protocol features
   6465 * @NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: nl80211 supports splitting
   6466 *	wiphy dumps (if requested by the application with the attribute
   6467 *	%NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP. Also supported is filtering the
   6468 *	wiphy dump by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX or
   6469 *	%NL80211_ATTR_WDEV.
   6470 */
   6471enum nl80211_protocol_features {
   6472	NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP =	1 << 0,
   6473};
   6474
   6475/**
   6476 * enum nl80211_crit_proto_id - nl80211 critical protocol identifiers
   6477 *
   6478 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC: protocol unspecified.
   6479 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP: BOOTP or DHCPv6 protocol.
   6480 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL: EAPOL protocol.
   6481 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA: APIPA protocol.
   6482 * @NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO: must be kept last.
   6483 */
   6484enum nl80211_crit_proto_id {
   6485	NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC,
   6486	NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP,
   6487	NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL,
   6488	NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA,
   6489	/* add other protocols before this one */
   6490	NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO
   6491};
   6492
   6493/* maximum duration for critical protocol measures */
   6494#define NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_MAX_DURATION		5000 /* msec */
   6495
   6496/**
   6497 * enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags - flags for received management frame.
   6498 *
   6499 * Used by cfg80211_rx_mgmt()
   6500 *
   6501 * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED: frame was answered by device/driver.
   6502 * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH: Host driver intends to offload
   6503 *	the authentication. Exclusively defined for host drivers that
   6504 *	advertises the SME functionality but would like the userspace
   6505 *	to handle certain authentication algorithms (e.g. SAE).
   6506 */
   6507enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags {
   6508	NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED = 1 << 0,
   6509	NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH = 1 << 1,
   6510};
   6511
   6512/*
   6513 * If this flag is unset, the lower 24 bits are an OUI, if set
   6514 * a Linux nl80211 vendor ID is used (no such IDs are allocated
   6515 * yet, so that's not valid so far)
   6516 */
   6517#define NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX	0x80000000
   6518
   6519/**
   6520 * struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info - vendor command data
   6521 * @vendor_id: If the %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX flag is clear, then the
   6522 *	value is a 24-bit OUI; if it is set then a separately allocated ID
   6523 *	may be used, but no such IDs are allocated yet. New IDs should be
   6524 *	added to this file when needed.
   6525 * @subcmd: sub-command ID for the command
   6526 */
   6527struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info {
   6528	__u32 vendor_id;
   6529	__u32 subcmd;
   6530};
   6531
   6532/**
   6533 * enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability - TDLS peer flags.
   6534 *
   6535 * Used by tdls_mgmt() to determine which conditional elements need
   6536 * to be added to TDLS Setup frames.
   6537 *
   6538 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT: TDLS peer is HT capable.
   6539 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT: TDLS peer is VHT capable.
   6540 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM: TDLS peer is WMM capable.
   6541 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HE: TDLS peer is HE capable.
   6542 */
   6543enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability {
   6544	NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT = 1<<0,
   6545	NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT = 1<<1,
   6546	NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM = 1<<2,
   6547	NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HE = 1<<3,
   6548};
   6549
   6550/**
   6551 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan - scanning plan for scheduled scan
   6552 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
   6553 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: interval between scan iterations. In
   6554 *	seconds (u32).
   6555 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: number of scan iterations in this
   6556 *	scan plan (u32). The last scan plan must not specify this attribute
   6557 *	because it will run infinitely. A value of zero is invalid as it will
   6558 *	make the scan plan meaningless.
   6559 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX: highest scheduled scan plan attribute number
   6560 *	currently defined
   6561 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST: internal use
   6562 */
   6563enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan {
   6564	__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID,
   6565	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL,
   6566	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS,
   6567
   6568	/* keep last */
   6569	__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST,
   6570	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX =
   6571		__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST - 1
   6572};
   6573
   6574/**
   6575 * struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust - RSSI adjustment parameters.
   6576 *
   6577 * @band: band of BSS that must match for RSSI value adjustment. The value
   6578 *	of this field is according to &enum nl80211_band.
   6579 * @delta: value used to adjust the RSSI value of matching BSS in dB.
   6580 */
   6581struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust {
   6582	__u8 band;
   6583	__s8 delta;
   6584} __attribute__((packed));
   6585
   6586/**
   6587 * enum nl80211_bss_select_attr - attributes for bss selection.
   6588 *
   6589 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID: reserved.
   6590 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI: Flag indicating only RSSI-based BSS selection
   6591 *	is requested.
   6592 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF: attribute indicating BSS
   6593 *	selection should be done such that the specified band is preferred.
   6594 *	When there are multiple BSS-es in the preferred band, the driver
   6595 *	shall use RSSI-based BSS selection as a second step. The value of
   6596 *	this attribute is according to &enum nl80211_band (u32).
   6597 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for
   6598 *	BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
   6599 *	RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure
   6600 *	value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
   6601 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX: highest bss select attribute number.
   6602 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use.
   6603 *
   6604 * One and only one of these attributes are found within %NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT
   6605 * for %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. It specifies the required BSS selection behaviour
   6606 * which the driver shall use.
   6607 */
   6608enum nl80211_bss_select_attr {
   6609	__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID,
   6610	NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI,
   6611	NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF,
   6612	NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST,
   6613
   6614	/* keep last */
   6615	__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
   6616	NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
   6617};
   6618
   6619/**
   6620 * enum nl80211_nan_function_type - NAN function type
   6621 *
   6622 * Defines the function type of a NAN function
   6623 *
   6624 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH: function is publish
   6625 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE: function is subscribe
   6626 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP: function is follow-up
   6627 */
   6628enum nl80211_nan_function_type {
   6629	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH,
   6630	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE,
   6631	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP,
   6632
   6633	/* keep last */
   6634	__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST,
   6635	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_MAX_TYPE = __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST - 1,
   6636};
   6637
   6638/**
   6639 * enum nl80211_nan_publish_type - NAN publish tx type
   6640 *
   6641 * Defines how to send publish Service Discovery Frames
   6642 *
   6643 * @NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is solicited
   6644 * @NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is unsolicited
   6645 */
   6646enum nl80211_nan_publish_type {
   6647	NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 0,
   6648	NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 1,
   6649};
   6650
   6651/**
   6652 * enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason - NAN functions termination reason
   6653 *
   6654 * Defines termination reasons of a NAN function
   6655 *
   6656 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST: requested by user
   6657 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED: timeout
   6658 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR: errored
   6659 */
   6660enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason {
   6661	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST,
   6662	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED,
   6663	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR,
   6664};
   6665
   6666#define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN 6
   6667#define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_SPEC_INFO_MAX_LEN 0xff
   6668#define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF_MAX_LEN 0xff
   6669
   6670/**
   6671 * enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes - NAN function attributes
   6672 * @__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID: invalid
   6673 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type (u8).
   6674 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID: 6 bytes of the service ID hash as
   6675 *	specified in NAN spec. This is a binary attribute.
   6676 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE: relevant if the function's type is
   6677 *	publish. Defines the transmission type for the publish Service Discovery
   6678 *	Frame, see &enum nl80211_nan_publish_type. Its type is u8.
   6679 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST: relevant if the function is a solicited
   6680 *	publish. Should the solicited publish Service Discovery Frame be sent to
   6681 *	the NAN Broadcast address. This is a flag.
   6682 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE: relevant if the function's type is
   6683 *	subscribe. Is the subscribe active. This is a flag.
   6684 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID: relevant if the function's type is follow up.
   6685 *	The instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is u8.
   6686 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID: relevant if the function's type
   6687 *	is follow up. This is a u8.
   6688 *	The requestor instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame.
   6689 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST: the MAC address of the recipient of the
   6690 *	follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is a binary attribute.
   6691 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE: is this function limited for devices in a
   6692 *	close range. The range itself (RSSI) is defined by the device.
   6693 *	This is a flag.
   6694 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL: strictly positive number of DWs this function should
   6695 *	stay active. If not present infinite TTL is assumed. This is a u32.
   6696 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO: array of bytes describing the service
   6697 *	specific info. This is a binary attribute.
   6698 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF: Service Receive Filter. This is a nested attribute.
   6699 *	See &enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes.
   6700 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER: Receive Matching filter. This is a nested
   6701 *	attribute. It is a list of binary values.
   6702 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER: Transmit Matching filter. This is a
   6703 *	nested attribute. It is a list of binary values.
   6704 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID: The instance ID of the function.
   6705 *	Its type is u8 and it cannot be 0.
   6706 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON: NAN function termination reason.
   6707 *	See &enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason.
   6708 *
   6709 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR: internal
   6710 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN function attribute
   6711 */
   6712enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes {
   6713	__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID,
   6714	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE,
   6715	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID,
   6716	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE,
   6717	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST,
   6718	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE,
   6719	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID,
   6720	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID,
   6721	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST,
   6722	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE,
   6723	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL,
   6724	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO,
   6725	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF,
   6726	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER,
   6727	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER,
   6728	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID,
   6729	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON,
   6730
   6731	/* keep last */
   6732	NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR,
   6733	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR - 1
   6734};
   6735
   6736/**
   6737 * enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes - NAN Service Response filter attributes
   6738 * @__NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID: invalid
   6739 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE: present if the include bit of the SRF set.
   6740 *	This is a flag.
   6741 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF: Bloom Filter. Present if and only if
   6742 *	%NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS isn't present. This attribute is binary.
   6743 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX: index of the Bloom Filter. Mandatory if
   6744 *	%NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF is present. This is a u8.
   6745 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS: list of MAC addresses for the SRF. Present if
   6746 *	and only if %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF isn't present. This is a nested
   6747 *	attribute. Each nested attribute is a MAC address.
   6748 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR: internal
   6749 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN SRF attribute
   6750 */
   6751enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes {
   6752	__NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID,
   6753	NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE,
   6754	NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF,
   6755	NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX,
   6756	NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS,
   6757
   6758	/* keep last */
   6759	NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR,
   6760	NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR - 1,
   6761};
   6762
   6763/**
   6764 * enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes - NAN match attributes
   6765 * @__NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID: invalid
   6766 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL: the local function that had the
   6767 *	match. This is a nested attribute.
   6768 *	See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes.
   6769 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER: the peer function
   6770 *	that caused the match. This is a nested attribute.
   6771 *	See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes.
   6772 *
   6773 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR: internal
   6774 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN match attribute
   6775 */
   6776enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes {
   6777	__NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID,
   6778	NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL,
   6779	NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER,
   6780
   6781	/* keep last */
   6782	NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR,
   6783	NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR - 1
   6784};
   6785
   6786/**
   6787 * nl80211_external_auth_action - Action to perform with external
   6788 *     authentication request. Used by NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION.
   6789 * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START: Start the authentication.
   6790 * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT: Abort the ongoing authentication.
   6791 */
   6792enum nl80211_external_auth_action {
   6793	NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START,
   6794	NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT,
   6795};
   6796
   6797/**
   6798 * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes - fine timing measurement
   6799 *	responder attributes
   6800 * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
   6801 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED: FTM responder is enabled
   6802 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: The content of Measurement Report Element
   6803 *	(9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 8 - LCI (9.4.2.22.10),
   6804 *	i.e. starting with the measurement token
   6805 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVIC: The content of Measurement Report Element
   6806 *	(9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 11 - Civic (Section 9.4.2.22.13),
   6807 *	i.e. starting with the measurement token
   6808 * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST: Internal
   6809 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest FTM responder attribute.
   6810 */
   6811enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes {
   6812	__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
   6813
   6814	NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED,
   6815	NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI,
   6816	NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC,
   6817
   6818	/* keep last */
   6819	__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST,
   6820	NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST - 1,
   6821};
   6822
   6823/*
   6824 * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats - FTM responder statistics
   6825 *
   6826 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS
   6827 * when getting FTM responder statistics.
   6828 *
   6829 * @__NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
   6830 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which all frames
   6831 *	were ssfully answered (u32)
   6832 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which part of the
   6833 *	frames were successfully answered (u32)
   6834 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM: number of failed FTM sessions (u32)
   6835 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM: number of ASAP sessions (u32)
   6836 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM: number of non-ASAP sessions (u32)
   6837 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC: total sessions durations - gives an
   6838 *	indication of how much time the responder was busy (u64, msec)
   6839 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of unknown FTM triggers -
   6840 *	triggers from initiators that didn't finish successfully the negotiation
   6841 *	phase with the responder (u32)
   6842 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM: number of FTM reschedule requests
   6843 *	- initiator asks for a new scheduling although it already has scheduled
   6844 *	FTM slot (u32)
   6845 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of FTM triggers out of
   6846 *	scheduled window (u32)
   6847 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD: used for padding, ignore
   6848 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal
   6849 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX: highest possible FTM responder stats attribute
   6850 */
   6851enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats {
   6852	__NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID,
   6853	NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM,
   6854	NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM,
   6855	NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM,
   6856	NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM,
   6857	NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM,
   6858	NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC,
   6859	NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM,
   6860	NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM,
   6861	NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM,
   6862	NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD,
   6863
   6864	/* keep last */
   6865	__NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST,
   6866	NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST - 1
   6867};
   6868
   6869/**
   6870 * enum nl80211_preamble - frame preamble types
   6871 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY: legacy (HR/DSSS, OFDM, ERP PHY) preamble
   6872 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT: HT preamble
   6873 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT: VHT preamble
   6874 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG: DMG preamble
   6875 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_HE: HE preamble
   6876 */
   6877enum nl80211_preamble {
   6878	NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY,
   6879	NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT,
   6880	NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT,
   6881	NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG,
   6882	NL80211_PREAMBLE_HE,
   6883};
   6884
   6885/**
   6886 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type - peer measurement types
   6887 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID: invalid/unused, needed as we use
   6888 *	these numbers also for attributes
   6889 *
   6890 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM: flight time measurement
   6891 *
   6892 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES: internal
   6893 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX: highest type number
   6894 */
   6895enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type {
   6896	NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID,
   6897
   6898	NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM,
   6899
   6900	NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES,
   6901	NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES - 1
   6902};
   6903
   6904/**
   6905 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status - peer measurement status
   6906 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS: measurement completed successfully
   6907 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED: measurement was locally refused
   6908 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT: measurement timed out
   6909 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE: measurement failed, a type-dependent
   6910 *	reason may be available in the response data
   6911 */
   6912enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status {
   6913	NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS,
   6914	NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED,
   6915	NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT,
   6916	NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE,
   6917};
   6918
   6919/**
   6920 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req - peer measurement request attributes
   6921 * @__NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
   6922 *
   6923 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement
   6924 *	type-specific request data inside. The attributes used are from the
   6925 *	enums named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_req.
   6926 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF: include AP TSF timestamp, if supported
   6927 *	(flag attribute)
   6928 *
   6929 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS: internal
   6930 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
   6931 */
   6932enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req {
   6933	__NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID,
   6934
   6935	NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA,
   6936	NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF,
   6937
   6938	/* keep last */
   6939	NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS,
   6940	NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS - 1
   6941};
   6942
   6943/**
   6944 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp - peer measurement response attributes
   6945 * @__NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
   6946 *
   6947 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement
   6948 *	type-specific results inside. The attributes used are from the enums
   6949 *	named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_resp.
   6950 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS: u32 value with the measurement status
   6951 *	(using values from &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status.)
   6952 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME: host time (%CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the
   6953 *	result was measured; this value is not expected to be accurate to
   6954 *	more than 20ms. (u64, nanoseconds)
   6955 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF: TSF of the AP that the interface
   6956 *	doing the measurement is connected to when the result was measured.
   6957 *	This shall be accurately reported if supported and requested
   6958 *	(u64, usec)
   6959 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL: If results are sent to the host partially
   6960 *	(*e.g. with FTM per-burst data) this flag will be cleared on all but
   6961 *	the last result; if all results are combined it's set on the single
   6962 *	result.
   6963 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD: padding for 64-bit attributes, ignore
   6964 *
   6965 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS: internal
   6966 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
   6967 */
   6968enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp {
   6969	__NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
   6970
   6971	NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA,
   6972	NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS,
   6973	NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME,
   6974	NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF,
   6975	NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL,
   6976	NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD,
   6977
   6978	/* keep last */
   6979	NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS,
   6980	NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS - 1
   6981};
   6982
   6983/**
   6984 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs - peer attributes for measurement
   6985 * @__NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
   6986 *
   6987 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR: peer's MAC address
   6988 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN: channel definition, nested, using top-level
   6989 *	attributes like %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ etc.
   6990 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ: This is a nested attribute indexed by
   6991 *	measurement type, with attributes from the
   6992 *	&enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req inside.
   6993 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP: This is a nested attribute indexed by
   6994 *	measurement type, with attributes from the
   6995 *	&enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp inside.
   6996 *
   6997 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS: internal
   6998 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
   6999 */
   7000enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs {
   7001	__NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID,
   7002
   7003	NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR,
   7004	NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN,
   7005	NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ,
   7006	NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP,
   7007
   7008	/* keep last */
   7009	NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS,
   7010	NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS - 1,
   7011};
   7012
   7013/**
   7014 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs - peer measurement attributes
   7015 * @__NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
   7016 *
   7017 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS: u32 attribute used for capability
   7018 *	advertisement only, indicates the maximum number of peers
   7019 *	measurements can be done with in a single request
   7020 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF: flag attribute in capability
   7021 *	indicating that the connected AP's TSF can be reported in
   7022 *	measurement results
   7023 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR: flag attribute in capability
   7024 *	indicating that MAC address randomization is supported.
   7025 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA: capabilities reported by the device,
   7026 *	this contains a nesting indexed by measurement type, and
   7027 *	type-specific capabilities inside, which are from the enums
   7028 *	named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_capa.
   7029 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS: nested attribute, the nesting index is
   7030 *	meaningless, just a list of peers to measure with, with the
   7031 *	sub-attributes taken from
   7032 *	&enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs.
   7033 *
   7034 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR: internal
   7035 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
   7036 */
   7037enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs {
   7038	__NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID,
   7039
   7040	NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS,
   7041	NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF,
   7042	NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR,
   7043	NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA,
   7044	NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS,
   7045
   7046	/* keep last */
   7047	NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR,
   7048	NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR - 1
   7049};
   7050
   7051/**
   7052 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa - FTM capabilities
   7053 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
   7054 *
   7055 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP: flag attribute indicating ASAP mode
   7056 *	is supported
   7057 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP: flag attribute indicating non-ASAP
   7058 *	mode is supported
   7059 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI: flag attribute indicating if LCI
   7060 *	data can be requested during the measurement
   7061 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC: flag attribute indicating if civic
   7062 *	location data can be requested during the measurement
   7063 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES: u32 bitmap attribute of bits
   7064 *	from &enum nl80211_preamble.
   7065 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS: bitmap of values from
   7066 *	&enum nl80211_chan_width indicating the supported channel
   7067 *	bandwidths for FTM. Note that a higher channel bandwidth may be
   7068 *	configured to allow for other measurements types with different
   7069 *	bandwidth requirement in the same measurement.
   7070 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT: u32 attribute indicating
   7071 *	the maximum bursts exponent that can be used (if not present anything
   7072 *	is valid)
   7073 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST: u32 attribute indicating
   7074 *	the maximum FTMs per burst (if not present anything is valid)
   7075 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED: flag attribute indicating if
   7076 *	trigger based ranging measurement is supported
   7077 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED: flag attribute indicating
   7078 *	if non trigger based ranging measurement is supported
   7079 *
   7080 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR: internal
   7081 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
   7082 */
   7083enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa {
   7084	__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID,
   7085
   7086	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP,
   7087	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP,
   7088	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI,
   7089	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC,
   7090	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES,
   7091	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS,
   7092	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT,
   7093	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST,
   7094	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED,
   7095	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED,
   7096
   7097	/* keep last */
   7098	NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR,
   7099	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR - 1
   7100};
   7101
   7102/**
   7103 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req - FTM request attributes
   7104 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
   7105 *
   7106 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP: ASAP mode requested (flag)
   7107 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE: preamble type (see
   7108 *	&enum nl80211_preamble), optional for DMG (u32)
   7109 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: number of bursts exponent as in
   7110 *	802.11-2016 9.4.2.168 "Fine Timing Measurement Parameters element"
   7111 *	(u8, 0-15, optional with default 15 i.e. "no preference")
   7112 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD: interval between bursts in units
   7113 *	of 100ms (u16, optional with default 0)
   7114 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: burst duration, as in 802.11-2016
   7115 *	Table 9-257 "Burst Duration field encoding" (u8, 0-15, optional with
   7116 *	default 15 i.e. "no preference")
   7117 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: number of successful FTM frames
   7118 *	requested per burst
   7119 *	(u8, 0-31, optional with default 0 i.e. "no preference")
   7120 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES: number of FTMR frame retries
   7121 *	(u8, default 3)
   7122 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI: request LCI data (flag)
   7123 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC: request civic location data
   7124 *	(flag)
   7125 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED: request trigger based ranging
   7126 *	measurement (flag).
   7127 *	This attribute and %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED are
   7128 *	mutually exclusive.
   7129 *      if neither %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED nor
   7130 *	%NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set, EDCA based
   7131 *	ranging will be used.
   7132 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED: request non trigger based
   7133 *	ranging measurement (flag)
   7134 *	This attribute and %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED are
   7135 *	mutually exclusive.
   7136 *      if neither %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED nor
   7137 *	%NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set, EDCA based
   7138 *	ranging will be used.
   7139 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_LMR_FEEDBACK: negotiate for LMR feedback. Only
   7140 *	valid if either %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED or
   7141 *	%NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set.
   7142 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BSS_COLOR: optional. The BSS color of the
   7143 *	responder. Only valid if %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED
   7144 *	or %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED is set.
   7145 *
   7146 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR: internal
   7147 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
   7148 */
   7149enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req {
   7150	__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID,
   7151
   7152	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP,
   7153	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE,
   7154	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP,
   7155	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD,
   7156	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION,
   7157	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST,
   7158	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES,
   7159	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI,
   7160	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC,
   7161	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED,
   7162	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED,
   7163	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_LMR_FEEDBACK,
   7164	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BSS_COLOR,
   7165
   7166	/* keep last */
   7167	NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR,
   7168	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR - 1
   7169};
   7170
   7171/**
   7172 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons - FTM failure reasons
   7173 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified failure, not used
   7174 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE: no response from the FTM responder
   7175 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED: FTM responder rejected measurement
   7176 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL: we already know the peer is
   7177 *	on a different channel, so can't measure (if we didn't know, we'd
   7178 *	try and get no response)
   7179 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE: peer can't actually do FTM
   7180 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP: invalid T1/T4 timestamps
   7181 *	received
   7182 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY: peer reports busy, you may retry
   7183 *	later (see %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME)
   7184 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS: parameters were changed
   7185 *	by the peer and are no longer supported
   7186 */
   7187enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons {
   7188	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED,
   7189	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE,
   7190	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED,
   7191	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL,
   7192	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE,
   7193	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP,
   7194	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY,
   7195	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS,
   7196};
   7197
   7198/**
   7199 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp - FTM response attributes
   7200 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
   7201 *
   7202 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON: FTM-specific failure reason
   7203 *	(u32, optional)
   7204 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX: optional, if bursts are reported
   7205 *	as separate results then it will be the burst index 0...(N-1) and
   7206 *	the top level will indicate partial results (u32)
   7207 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS: number of FTM Request frames
   7208 *	transmitted (u32, optional)
   7209 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES: number of FTM Request frames
   7210 *	that were acknowleged (u32, optional)
   7211 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME: retry time received from the
   7212 *	busy peer (u32, seconds)
   7213 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: actual number of bursts exponent
   7214 *	used by the responder (similar to request, u8)
   7215 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: actual burst duration used by
   7216 *	the responder (similar to request, u8)
   7217 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: actual FTMs per burst used
   7218 *	by the responder (similar to request, u8)
   7219 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG: average RSSI across all FTM action
   7220 *	frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm)
   7221 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD: RSSI spread across all FTM action
   7222 *	frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm)
   7223 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE: bitrate we used for the response to the
   7224 *	FTM action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info
   7225 *	attributes)
   7226 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE: bitrate the responder used for the FTM
   7227 *	action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info attrs)
   7228 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG: average RTT (s64, picoseconds, optional
   7229 *	but one of RTT/DIST must be present)
   7230 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE: RTT variance (u64, ps^2, note that
   7231 *	standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional)
   7232 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD: RTT spread (u64, picoseconds,
   7233 *	optional)
   7234 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG: average distance (s64, mm, optional
   7235 *	but one of RTT/DIST must be present)
   7236 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE: distance variance (u64, mm^2, note
   7237 *	that standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional)
   7238 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD: distance spread (u64, mm, optional)
   7239 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: LCI data from peer (binary, optional);
   7240 *	this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016
   7241 *	9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement
   7242 *	Type 8.
   7243 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC: civic location data from peer
   7244 *	(binary, optional);
   7245 *	this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016
   7246 *	9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement
   7247 *	Type 11.
   7248 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD: ignore, for u64/s64 padding only
   7249 *
   7250 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR: internal
   7251 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
   7252 */
   7253enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp {
   7254	__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
   7255
   7256	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON,
   7257	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX,
   7258	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS,
   7259	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES,
   7260	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME,
   7261	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP,
   7262	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION,
   7263	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST,
   7264	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG,
   7265	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD,
   7266	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE,
   7267	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE,
   7268	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG,
   7269	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE,
   7270	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD,
   7271	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG,
   7272	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE,
   7273	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD,
   7274	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI,
   7275	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC,
   7276	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD,
   7277
   7278	/* keep last */
   7279	NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR,
   7280	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR - 1
   7281};
   7282
   7283/**
   7284 * enum nl80211_obss_pd_attributes - OBSS packet detection attributes
   7285 * @__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
   7286 *
   7287 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MIN_OFFSET: the OBSS PD minimum tx power offset.
   7288 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX_OFFSET: the OBSS PD maximum tx power offset.
   7289 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_NON_SRG_MAX_OFFSET: the non-SRG OBSS PD maximum
   7290 *	tx power offset.
   7291 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_BSS_COLOR_BITMAP: bitmap that indicates the BSS color
   7292 *	values used by members of the SRG.
   7293 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_PARTIAL_BSSID_BITMAP: bitmap that indicates the partial
   7294 *	BSSID values used by members of the SRG.
   7295 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_SR_CTRL: The SR Control field of SRP element.
   7296 *
   7297 * @__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST: Internal
   7298 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX: highest OBSS PD attribute.
   7299 */
   7300enum nl80211_obss_pd_attributes {
   7301	__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_INVALID,
   7302
   7303	NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MIN_OFFSET,
   7304	NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX_OFFSET,
   7305	NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_NON_SRG_MAX_OFFSET,
   7306	NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_BSS_COLOR_BITMAP,
   7307	NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_PARTIAL_BSSID_BITMAP,
   7308	NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_SR_CTRL,
   7309
   7310	/* keep last */
   7311	__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST,
   7312	NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST - 1,
   7313};
   7314
   7315/**
   7316 * enum nl80211_bss_color_attributes - BSS Color attributes
   7317 * @__NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
   7318 *
   7319 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_COLOR: the current BSS Color.
   7320 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_DISABLED: is BSS coloring disabled.
   7321 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_PARTIAL: the AID equation to be used..
   7322 *
   7323 * @__NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST: Internal
   7324 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_MAX: highest BSS Color attribute.
   7325 */
   7326enum nl80211_bss_color_attributes {
   7327	__NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_INVALID,
   7328
   7329	NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_COLOR,
   7330	NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_DISABLED,
   7331	NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_PARTIAL,
   7332
   7333	/* keep last */
   7334	__NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST,
   7335	NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST - 1,
   7336};
   7337
   7338/**
   7339 * enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes - interface type AKM attributes
   7340 * @__NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
   7341 *
   7342 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing a flag
   7343 *	attribute for each interface type that supports AKM suites specified in
   7344 *	%NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES
   7345 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES: an array of u32. Used to indicate supported
   7346 *	AKM suites for the specified interface types.
   7347 *
   7348 * @__NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST: Internal
   7349 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_MAX: highest interface type AKM attribute.
   7350 */
   7351enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes {
   7352	__NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_INVALID,
   7353
   7354	NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_IFTYPES,
   7355	NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES,
   7356
   7357	/* keep last */
   7358	__NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST,
   7359	NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST - 1,
   7360};
   7361
   7362/**
   7363 * enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes - FILS discovery configuration
   7364 * from IEEE Std 802.11ai-2016, Annex C.3 MIB detail.
   7365 *
   7366 * @__NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
   7367 *
   7368 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MIN: Minimum packet interval (u32, TU).
   7369 *	Allowed range: 0..10000 (TU = Time Unit)
   7370 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MAX: Maximum packet interval (u32, TU).
   7371 *	Allowed range: 0..10000 (TU = Time Unit)
   7372 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_TMPL: Template data for FILS discovery action
   7373 *	frame including the headers.
   7374 *
   7375 * @__NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST: Internal
   7376 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute
   7377 */
   7378enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes {
   7379	__NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INVALID,
   7380
   7381	NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MIN,
   7382	NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MAX,
   7383	NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_TMPL,
   7384
   7385	/* keep last */
   7386	__NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST,
   7387	NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST - 1
   7388};
   7389
   7390/*
   7391 * FILS discovery template minimum length with action frame headers and
   7392 * mandatory fields.
   7393 */
   7394#define NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_TMPL_MIN_LEN 42
   7395
   7396/**
   7397 * enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes - Unsolicited broadcast probe
   7398 *	response configuration. Applicable only in 6GHz.
   7399 *
   7400 * @__NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
   7401 *
   7402 * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INT: Maximum packet interval (u32, TU).
   7403 *	Allowed range: 0..20 (TU = Time Unit). IEEE P802.11ax/D6.0
   7404 *	26.17.2.3.2 (AP behavior for fast passive scanning).
   7405 * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_TMPL: Unsolicited broadcast probe response
   7406 *	frame template (binary).
   7407 *
   7408 * @__NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST: Internal
   7409 * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute
   7410 */
   7411enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes {
   7412	__NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
   7413
   7414	NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INT,
   7415	NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_TMPL,
   7416
   7417	/* keep last */
   7418	__NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST,
   7419	NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_MAX =
   7420		__NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST - 1
   7421};
   7422
   7423/**
   7424 * enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism - The mechanism(s) allowed for SAE PWE
   7425 *	derivation. Applicable only when WPA3-Personal SAE authentication is
   7426 *	used.
   7427 *
   7428 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_UNSPECIFIED: not specified, used internally to indicate that
   7429 *	attribute is not present from userspace.
   7430 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_HUNT_AND_PECK: hunting-and-pecking loop only
   7431 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_HASH_TO_ELEMENT: hash-to-element only
   7432 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_BOTH: both hunting-and-pecking loop and hash-to-element
   7433 *	can be used.
   7434 */
   7435enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism {
   7436	NL80211_SAE_PWE_UNSPECIFIED,
   7437	NL80211_SAE_PWE_HUNT_AND_PECK,
   7438	NL80211_SAE_PWE_HASH_TO_ELEMENT,
   7439	NL80211_SAE_PWE_BOTH,
   7440};
   7441
   7442/**
   7443 * enum nl80211_sar_type - type of SAR specs
   7444 *
   7445 * @NL80211_SAR_TYPE_POWER: power limitation specified in 0.25dBm unit
   7446 *
   7447 */
   7448enum nl80211_sar_type {
   7449	NL80211_SAR_TYPE_POWER,
   7450
   7451	/* add new type here */
   7452
   7453	/* Keep last */
   7454	NUM_NL80211_SAR_TYPE,
   7455};
   7456
   7457/**
   7458 * enum nl80211_sar_attrs - Attributes for SAR spec
   7459 *
   7460 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_TYPE: the SAR type as defined in &enum nl80211_sar_type.
   7461 *
   7462 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS: Nested array of SAR power
   7463 *	limit specifications. Each specification contains a set
   7464 *	of %nl80211_sar_specs_attrs.
   7465 *
   7466 *	For SET operation, it contains array of %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER
   7467 *	and %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_RANGE_INDEX.
   7468 *
   7469 *	For sar_capa dump, it contains array of
   7470 *	%NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_START_FREQ
   7471 *	and %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_END_FREQ.
   7472 *
   7473 * @__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_LAST: Internal
   7474 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_MAX: highest sar attribute
   7475 *
   7476 * These attributes are used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPEC
   7477 */
   7478enum nl80211_sar_attrs {
   7479	__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_INVALID,
   7480
   7481	NL80211_SAR_ATTR_TYPE,
   7482	NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS,
   7483
   7484	__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_LAST,
   7485	NL80211_SAR_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_LAST - 1,
   7486};
   7487
   7488/**
   7489 * enum nl80211_sar_specs_attrs - Attributes for SAR power limit specs
   7490 *
   7491 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER: Required (s32)value to specify the actual
   7492 *	power limit value in units of 0.25 dBm if type is
   7493 *	NL80211_SAR_TYPE_POWER. (i.e., a value of 44 represents 11 dBm).
   7494 *	0 means userspace doesn't have SAR limitation on this associated range.
   7495 *
   7496 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_RANGE_INDEX: Required (u32) value to specify the
   7497 *	index of exported freq range table and the associated power limitation
   7498 *	is applied to this range.
   7499 *
   7500 *	Userspace isn't required to set all the ranges advertised by WLAN driver,
   7501 *	and userspace can skip some certain ranges. These skipped ranges don't
   7502 *	have SAR limitations, and they are same as setting the
   7503 *	%NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER to any unreasonable high value because any
   7504 *	value higher than regulatory allowed value just means SAR power
   7505 *	limitation is removed, but it's required to set at least one range.
   7506 *	It's not allowed to set duplicated range in one SET operation.
   7507 *
   7508 *	Every SET operation overwrites previous SET operation.
   7509 *
   7510 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_START_FREQ: Required (u32) value to specify the start
   7511 *	frequency of this range edge when registering SAR capability to wiphy.
   7512 *	It's not a channel center frequency. The unit is kHz.
   7513 *
   7514 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_END_FREQ: Required (u32) value to specify the end
   7515 *	frequency of this range edge when registering SAR capability to wiphy.
   7516 *	It's not a channel center frequency. The unit is kHz.
   7517 *
   7518 * @__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_LAST: Internal
   7519 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_MAX: highest sar specs attribute
   7520 */
   7521enum nl80211_sar_specs_attrs {
   7522	__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_INVALID,
   7523
   7524	NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER,
   7525	NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_RANGE_INDEX,
   7526	NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_START_FREQ,
   7527	NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_END_FREQ,
   7528
   7529	__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_LAST,
   7530	NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_MAX = __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_LAST - 1,
   7531};
   7532
   7533/**
   7534 * enum nl80211_mbssid_config_attributes - multiple BSSID (MBSSID) and enhanced
   7535 * multi-BSSID advertisements (EMA) in AP mode.
   7536 * Kernel uses some of these attributes to advertise driver's support for
   7537 * MBSSID and EMA.
   7538 * Remaining attributes should be used by the userspace to configure the
   7539 * features.
   7540 *
   7541 * @__NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
   7542 *
   7543 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_INTERFACES: Used by the kernel to advertise
   7544 *	the maximum number of MBSSID interfaces supported by the driver.
   7545 *	Driver should indicate MBSSID support by setting
   7546 *	wiphy->mbssid_max_interfaces to a value more than or equal to 2.
   7547 *
   7548 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_EMA_PROFILE_PERIODICITY: Used by the kernel
   7549 *	to advertise the maximum profile periodicity supported by the driver
   7550 *	if EMA is enabled. Driver should indicate EMA support to the userspace
   7551 *	by setting wiphy->ema_max_profile_periodicity to
   7552 *	a non-zero value.
   7553 *
   7554 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INDEX: Mandatory parameter to pass the index of
   7555 *	this BSS (u8) in the multiple BSSID set.
   7556 *	Value must be set to 0 for the transmitting interface and non-zero for
   7557 *	all non-transmitting interfaces. The userspace will be responsible
   7558 *	for using unique indices for the interfaces.
   7559 *	Range: 0 to wiphy->mbssid_max_interfaces-1.
   7560 *
   7561 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_IFINDEX: Mandatory parameter for
   7562 *	a non-transmitted profile which provides the interface index (u32) of
   7563 *	the transmitted profile. The value must match one of the interface
   7564 *	indices advertised by the kernel. Optional if the interface being set up
   7565 *	is the transmitting one, however, if provided then the value must match
   7566 *	the interface index of the same.
   7567 *
   7568 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_EMA: Flag used to enable EMA AP feature.
   7569 *	Setting this flag is permitted only if the driver advertises EMA support
   7570 *	by setting wiphy->ema_max_profile_periodicity to non-zero.
   7571 *
   7572 * @__NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_LAST: Internal
   7573 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute
   7574 */
   7575enum nl80211_mbssid_config_attributes {
   7576	__NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INVALID,
   7577
   7578	NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_INTERFACES,
   7579	NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_EMA_PROFILE_PERIODICITY,
   7580	NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INDEX,
   7581	NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_IFINDEX,
   7582	NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_EMA,
   7583
   7584	/* keep last */
   7585	__NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_LAST,
   7586	NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_LAST - 1,
   7587};
   7588
   7589/**
   7590 * enum nl80211_ap_settings_flags - AP settings flags
   7591 *
   7592 * @NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: AP supports external
   7593 *	authentication.
   7594 * @NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT: Userspace supports SA Query
   7595 *	procedures offload to driver. If driver advertises
   7596 *	%NL80211_AP_SME_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD in AP SME features, userspace shall
   7597 *	ignore SA Query procedures and validations when this flag is set by
   7598 *	userspace.
   7599 */
   7600enum nl80211_ap_settings_flags {
   7601	NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT	= 1 << 0,
   7602	NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT	= 1 << 1,
   7603};
   7604
   7605#endif /* __LINUX_NL80211_H */